Sunteți pe pagina 1din 532

Main Menu

Introduction

Congratulations! Your selection of a 2009 Honda Odyssey was a wise As you read this manual, you will
investment. It will give you years of driving pleasure. find information that is preceded by
a symbol. This
One of the best ways to enhance the enjoyment of your new vehicle is to information is intended to help you
read this manual. In it, you will learn how to operate its driving controls and avoid damage to your vehicle, other
convenience items. Afterwards, keep this owners manual in your vehicle so property, or the environment.
you can refer to it at any time.

Several warranties protect your new vehicle. Read the warranty booklet
thoroughly so you understand the coverages and are aware of your rights
and responsibilities.

Maintaining your vehicle according to the schedules given in this manual


helps to keep your driving trouble-free while it preserves your investment.
When your vehicle needs maintenance, keep in mind that your dealers staff
is specially trained in servicing the many systems unique to your vehicle.
Your dealer is dedicated to your satisfaction and will be pleased to answer
any questions and concerns.

i
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu
Introduction

California Proposition 65 Warning

WARNING: This product contains or emits chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm.

Event Data Recorders


This vehicle is equipped with one or more devices commonly referred to as event data recorders. These
devices record front seat belt use, front passenger seat occupancy, airbag deployment data, and the failure
of any airbag system component. This data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else
except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner.

Service Diagnostic Recorders


This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data
can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may
also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential.

ii
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu
A Few Words About Safety

Your safety, and the safety of others, You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
is very important. And operating this including:
vehicle safely is an important
responsibility. Safety Labels on the vehicle.
Safety Messages preceded by a safety alert symbol and one of
To help you make informed three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
decisions about safety, we have These signal words mean:
provided operating procedures and
other information on labels and in You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY
this manual. This information alerts HURT if you dont follow instructions.
you to potential hazards that could
hurt you or others. You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY
HURT if you dont follow instructions.
Of course, it is not practical or
possible to warn you about all the You CAN be HURT if you dont follow
hazards associated with operating or instructions.
maintaining your vehicle. You must
use your own good judgement. Safety Headings such as Important Safety Reminders or Important
Safety Precautions.
Safety Section such as Driver and Passenger Safety.
Instructions how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.

This entire book is filled with important safety information please read it
carefully.

iii
2009 Odyssey
2009 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual
Contents

Owner's Identification Form

Introduction .......................................................................................................................................................... i
A Few Words About Safety .............................................................................................................................. iii
Your Vehicle at a Glance (main controls) ...................................................................................................... 3
Driver and Passenger Safety (seat belts, SRS, and child protection) .......................................................... 5
Instruments and Controls (indicators, gauges, dashboard, and steering column) ......................................... 63

Features (climate control, audio, steering wheel, rear entertainment, security, cruise control and HomeLink )....... 209
Before Driving (fuel, vehicle break- in, and cargo loading) ............................................................................ 367
Driving (engine and transmission operation) ...................................................................................................... 383
Maintenance (minder, fluid checking, minor services, and vehicle storage)...................................................... 413
Taking Care of the Unexpected (flat tire, dead battery, overheating, and fuses) ..................................... 461
Technical Information (vehicle specifications, tires, and emissions controls) ................................................ 491
Warranty and Customer Relations (U. S. and Canada only) (warranty and contact information) ......... 509
Authorized Manuals (U. S. only) (how to order) ........................................................................................... 513
Index ............................................................................................................................... ...................................... I

Service Information Summary ( fluid capacities and tire pressures)

00X31-SHJ-6400 1

Main Menu
Overview of Contents

Contents convenience features. Technical Information


A convenient reference to the ID numbers, dimensions, capacities,
sections in this manual. Before Driving and technical information.
What gasoline to use, how to break-
Your Vehicle at a Glance in your new vehicle, and how to load Warranty and Customer
A quick reference to the main luggage and other cargo. Relations
controls in your vehicle. (U.S. and Canada only)
Driving A summary of the warranties
Driver and Passenger Safety The proper way to start the engine, covering your new vehicle, and how
Important information about the shift the transmission, and park; plus to contact us for any reason. Refer to
proper use and care of your vehicles what you need to know if youre your warranty manual for detailed
seat belts, an overview of the planning to tow a trailer. information.
supplemental restraint system, and
valuable information on how to Maintenance Authorized Manuals
protect children with child restraints. The maintenance minder shows you (U.S. only)
when you need to take your vehicle How to order manuals and other
Instruments and Controls to the dealer for maintenance service. technical literature.
Explains the purpose of each There is also a list of things to check
instrument panel indicator and gauge, and instructions on how to check Index
and how to use the controls on the them.
dashboard and steering column. Service Information Summary
Taking Care of the Unexpected A summary of the information you
Features This section covers several problems need when you pull up to the fuel
How to operate the heating and motorists sometimes experience, pump.
cooling system/climate control and details how to handle them.
system, the audio system, rear
entertainment and other
2
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu
Your Vehicle at a Glance

DRIVERS FRONT AIRBAG(P.9, 27) AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION SHIFT LEVER PASSENGERS FRONT AIRBAG

Your Vehicle at a Glance


(P.386) (P.9, 27)
INSTRUMENT PANEL SEAT HEATER SWITCHES(P.183)
INDICATORS (P.65, 66)
GAUGES(P.77)

MIRROR
CONTROLS (P.191)

POWER DOOR
LOCK SWITCH GLOVE BOXES
(P.151) (P.201)

DRIVING POSITION
MEMORY SYSTEM
BUTTONS
(P.184) HEATING AND
COOLING SYSTEM/
POWER WINDOW CLIMATE CONTROL
SWITCHES SYSTEM
(P.186) (P.210)
FUEL FILL DOOR
RELEASE HANDLE
(P.369)
HOOD RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
HANDLE (P.370) PEDAL (P.192) ACCESSORY POWER AUXILIARY RETRACTABLE CENTER TRAY
SOCKET (P.203) INPUT JACK (P.283) (P.195)
Vehicle with navigation system is shown.

: If equipped
3
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu
Your Vehicle at a Glance

PEDAL POSITION HEADLIGHTS/TURN SIGNAL/ WINDSHIELD WIPERS/WASHERS (P.134)


ADJUSTMENT SWITCH3 (P.193) FOG LIGHTS3 (P.135, 138) REAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER (P.135)

POWER SLIDING CRUISE CONTROL


DOOR SWITCH3 BUTTONS (P.319)
(P.162)
CLOCK3 (P.281)
MOONROOF
SWITCH3 (P.189)
PASSENGER
AIRBAG OFF
POWER TAILGATE INDICATOR
SWITCH3 (P.158)/ (P.35)
VEHICLE STABILITY
ASSIST (VSA) OFF
SWITCH (P.395) HAZARD WARNING
BUTTON
(P.140)
PARKING SENSOR
SYSTEM SWITCH3 REAR WINDOW
(P.361) DEFOGGER
BUTTON
VEHICLE STABILITY (P.140)
ASSIST (VSA) OFF NAVIGATION
SWITCH (P.395) SYSTEM AUDIO SYSTEM/
BUTTONS2 HORN1 REAR
REMOTE AUDIO BLUETOOTH STEERING WHEEL LIGHT ENTERTAINMENT
CONTROL BUTTONS3 HANDSFREELINK ADJUSTMENT MULTI-INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM3
(P.282) BUTTONS3 (P.327) (P.141) BUTTONS3 (P.82) SWITCH (P.205) (P.221, 285)

1: To use the horn, press the center pad of the steering wheel.
2: Only on vehicles equipped with navigation system. Refer to the navigation system manual.
3: If equipped
4
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu
Driver and Passenger Safety

This section gives you important Additional Information About Your All Children Should Sit in a Back
information about how to protect Seat Belts .................................. 21 Seat ............................................ 39
yourself and your passengers. It Seat Belt System Components ... 21 The Passengers Front Airbag
shows you how to use seat belts. It Lap/Shoulder Belt ....................... 22 Can Pose Serious Risks .......... 39

Driver and Passenger Safety


explains how your airbags work. And Automatic Seat Belt If You Must Drive with
it tells you how to properly restrain Tensionners.............................. 23 Several Children ...................... 41
infants and children in your vehicle. Seat Belt Maintenance ................ 24 If a Child Requires Close
Additional Information About Your Attention ................................... 41
Airbags ...................................... 25 Additional Safety Precautions .... 41
Airbag System Components ....... 25 Protecting Infants and Small
How Your Front Airbags Children .................................... 43
Important Safety Precautions .......... 6 Work.......................................... 27 Protecting Infants ........................ 43
Your Vehicles Safety Features........ 7 How Your Side Airbags Work.... 31 Protecting Small Children .......... 44
Seat Belts ........................................ 8 How Your Side Curtain Airbags Selecting a Child Seat ...................... 46
Airbags ............................................ 9 Work.......................................... 33 Installing a Child Seat ..................... 47
Protecting Adults and Teens.......... 11 How the SRS Indicator Works ... 34 With LATCH ................................ 48
1. Close and Lock the Doors ...... 11 How the Side Airbag Off With a Lap/Shoulder Belt .......... 51
2. Adjust the Front Seats ............ 12 Indicator Works ....................... 35 With a Tether ............................... 53
3. Adjust the Seat-Backs ............. 13 How the Passenger Airbag Protecting Larger Children ............ 56
4. Adjust the Head Restraints .... 14 Off Indicator Works ................ 35 Checking Seat Belt Fit ................ 56
5. Fasten and Position the Seat Airbag Service .............................. 36 Using a Booster Seat ................... 57
Belts ...................................... 15 Additional Safety Precautions .... 37 When Can a Larger Child Sit in
6. Maintain a Proper Sitting Protecting Children General Front .......................................... 58
Position ................................. 18 Guidelines ................................. 38 Additional Safety Precautions .... 59
Advice for Pregnant Women...... 19 All Children Must Be Carbon Monoxide Hazard .............. 60
Additional Safety Precautions .... 19 Restrained ................................ 38 Safety Labels .................................... 61

5
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Important Safety Precautions

Youll find many safety Restrain All Children every additional drink. So dont drink
recommendations throughout this Children age 12 and under should and drive, and dont let your friends
section, and throughout this manual. ride properly restrained in a back drink and drive, either.
The recommendations on this page seat, not the front seat. Infants and
are the ones we consider to be the small children should be restrained Control Your Speed
most important. in a child seat. Larger children Excessive speed is a major factor in
should use a booster seat and a lap/ crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
Always Wear Your Seat Belt shoulder belt until they can use the the higher the speed, the greater the
A seat belt is your best protection in belt properly without a booster seat risk, but serious injuries can also
all types of collisions. Airbags are (see pages 38 59 ). occur at lower speeds. Never drive
designed to supplement seat belts, faster than is safe for current
not replace them. So even though Be Aware of Airbag Hazards conditions, regardless of the
your vehicle is equipped with airbags, While airbags can save lives, they maximum speed posted.
make sure you and your passengers can cause serious or fatal injuries to
always wear your seat belts, and occupants who sit too close to them, Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
wear them properly (see page 15 ). or are not properly restrained. Condition
Infants, young children, and short Having a tire blowout or a
adults are at the greatest risk. Be mechanical failure can be extremely
sure to follow all instructions and hazardous. To reduce the possibility
warnings in this manual. of such problems, check your tire
pressures and condition frequently,
Dont Drink and Drive and perform all regularly scheduled
Alcohol and driving dont mix. Even maintenance (see page 415 ).
one drink can reduce your ability to
respond to changing conditions, and
your reaction time gets worse with

6
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Your Vehicles Safety Features

Your vehicle is equipped with many


(4) (1) (9) features that work together to
(8) protect you and your passengers
(11) during a crash.

Driver and Passenger Safety


(9)
Some features do not require any
(3) action on your part. These include a
strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger
compartment, front and rear crush
(7) zones, a collapsible steering column,
(2) and tensioners that tighten the front
(6) seat belts in a crash.
(8) However, you and your passengers
(10) cant take full advantage of these
(5) (7) features unless you remain sitting in
(1) Safety Cage a proper position and always wear
(2) Crush Zones
(3) Seats and Seat-Backs your seat belts. In fact, some safety
(4) Head Restraints features can contribute to injuries if
(2) (5) Collapsible Steering Column they are not used properly.
(6) Seat Belts
(7) Front Airbags
(8) Side Airbags The following pages explain how you
(9) Side Curtain Airbags can take an active role in protecting
(10) Front Seat Belt Tensioners yourself and your passengers.
(11) Door Locks

7
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Your Vehicles Safety Features

Seat Belts Help keep you from being thrown


Your vehicle is equipped with seat against the inside of the vehicle
belts in all seating positions. Not wearing a seat belt properly and against other occupants.
increases the chance of serious
Your seat belt system also includes injury or death in a crash, even Keep you from being thrown out
an indicator on the instrument panel though your vehicle has airbags. of the vehicle.
and a beeper to remind you and your
passengers to fasten your seat belts. Be sure you and your Help keep you in a good position
passengers always wear seat should the airbags ever deploy. A
Why Wear Seat Belts belts and wear them properly. good position reduces the risk of
Seat belts are the single most injury from an inflating airbag and
effective safety device for adults and allows you to get the best
larger children. (Infants and smaller When properly worn, seat belts: advantage from the airbag.
children must be properly restrained
in child seats.) Keep you connected to the vehicle Of course, seat belts cannot
so you can take advantage of the completely protect you in every
Not wearing a seat belt properly vehicles built-in safety features. crash. But in most cases, seat belts
increases the chance of serious can reduce your risk of serious
injury or death in a crash, even Help protect you in almost every injury.
though your vehicle has airbags. type of crash, including:
frontal impacts What you should do: Always wear
In addition, most states and all side impacts your seat belt, and make sure you
Canadian provinces require you to rear impacts wear it properly.
wear seat belts. rollovers

8
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Your Vehicles Safety Features

Airbags

Driver and Passenger Safety


Your vehicle has a supplemental Your vehicle also has side airbags to In addition, your vehicle has side
restraint system (SRS) with front help protect the upper torso of the curtain airbags to help protect the
airbags to help protect the heads and driver or a front seat passenger heads of the driver, front passenger,
chests of the driver and a front seat during a moderate to severe side and passengers in the outer rear
passenger during a moderate to impact (see page 31 for more seating positions during a moderate
severe frontal collision (see page information on how your side airbags to severe side impact or rollover (see
27 for more information on how work). page 33 for more information on how
your front airbags work). your side curtain airbags work).

CONTINUED

9
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Your Vehicles Safety Features

The most important things you need What you should do: Always wear The rest of this section gives more
to know about your airbags are: your seat belt properly, and sit detailed information about how you
upright and as far back from the can maximize your safety.
Airbags do not replace seat belts. steering wheel as possible while
They are designed to supplement allowing full control of the vehicle. A Remember, however, that no safety
the seat belts. front passenger should move their system can prevent all injuries or
seat as far back from the dashboard deaths that can occur in a severe
Airbags offer no protection in rear as possible. crash, even when seat belts are
impacts, or minor frontal or side properly worn and the airbags deploy.
collisions.

Airbags can pose serious hazards.


To do their job, airbags must
inflate with tremendous force. So
while airbags help save lives, they
can cause minor injuries or more
serious or even fatal injuries if
occupants are not properly
restrained or sitting properly.

10
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Adults and Teens

Introduction 1.Close and Lock the Doors On Touring models


The following pages provide After everyone has entered the
instructions on how to properly vehicle, be sure the doors and the
protect the driver, adult passengers, tailgate are closed and locked.

Driver and Passenger Safety


and teenage children who are large
enough and mature enough to drive Your vehicle has a door and
or ride in the front. tailgate open indicator on the
instrument panel to indicate
See pages 38 59 for important when any door or the tailgate is not
guidelines on how to properly tightly closed.
protect infants, small children, and
larger children who ride in your
vehicle.

The door and tailgate open indicator


appears on the multi-information
display to indicate when a specific
door or the tailgate is not tightly
closed.

CONTINUED

11
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Adults and Teens

When one or more doors are not Locking the doors and the tailgate 2.Adjust the Front Seats
tightly closed, the DOOR OPEN also helps prevent an outsider from
message will come on. unexpectedly opening a door or the
tailgate when you come to a stop.
When the tailgate is not tightly
closed, the TAILGATE OPEN See page 151 for how to lock the
message will come on. doors and the tailgate, and page
75 for how the door and tailgate
When both tailgate and one or more open indicator works.
doors are not tightly closed, the
DOOR & TAILGATE OPEN Except Touring models
message will come on. This vehicle has auto door locking/
unlocking features. See page 152 for
Locking the doors and the tailgate how to set them.
reduces the chance of someone Adjust the drivers seat as far to the
being thrown out of the vehicle On Touring models rear as possible while allowing you to
during a crash, and it helps prevent This vehicle has auto door locking/ maintain full control of the vehicle.
passengers from accidentally unlocking features. See pages Have a front passenger adjust their
opening a door or the tailgate and 123 and 125 for how to set them. seat as far to the rear as possible.
falling out.

12
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Adults and Teens

If you sit too close to the steering 3.Adjust the Seat-Backs


wheel or dashboard, you can be
seriously injured by an inflating front Sitting too close to a front
airbag, or by striking the steering airbag can result in serious

Driver and Passenger Safety


wheel or dashboard. injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration and Transport Always sit as far back from the
Canada recommend that drivers front airbags as possible.
allow at least 10 inches (25 cm)
between the center of the steering
wheel and the chest. In addition to After you adjust a manual seat, rock
adjusting the seat, you can adjust the it back and forth to make sure the
steering wheel up and down, and in seat is locked in position.
and out (see page 141 ). Adjust the drivers seat-back to a
See page 168 for how to adjust a comfortable, upright position,
If you cannot get far enough away front seat (power adjustment) and leaving ample space between your
from the steering wheel and still page 169 for a manual adjustment. chest and the airbag cover in the
reach the controls, we recommend center of the steering wheel.
that you extend the adjustable drivers
foot pedals (Touring models only, Passengers with adjustable seat-
see page 193 ), or investigate backs should also adjust their seat-
whether some type of adaptive back to a comfortable, upright
equipment may help. position.

CONTINUED

13
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Adults and Teens

4.Adjust the Head Restraints

Reclining the seat-back too far Improperly positioning head


can result in serious injury or restraints reduces their
death in a crash. effectiveness and you can be
seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an
upright position, and sit well Make sure head restraints are
back in the seat. in place and positioned properly
before driving.

Reclining a seat-back so that the


shoulder part of the belt no longer Properly adjusted head restraints
rests against the occupants chest will help protect occupants from
reduces the protective capability of Adjust the drivers head restraint so whiplash and other crash injuries.
the belt. It also increases the chance the center of the back of your head
of sliding under the belt in a crash rests against the center of the See page 171 for how to adjust the
and being seriously injured. The restraint. head restraints and how the drivers
farther a seat-back is reclined, the and front passengers active head
greater the risk of injury. Have passengers adjust their head restraints work.
restraints properly as well. Taller
See pages 168 and 170 for how to persons should adjust their restraint
adjust the seat-backs. as high as possible.

14
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Adults and Teens

5.Fasten and Position the Seat This spreads the forces of a crash
Belts over the strongest bones in your
Insert the latch plate into the buckle, upper body.
then tug on the belt to make sure the

Driver and Passenger Safety


belt is securely latched. Check that
the belt is not twisted, because a
twisted belt can cause serious Improperly positioning the seat
injuries in a crash. belts can cause serious injury
or death in a crash.
The center seating position of the
third row has a detachable seat belt Make sure all seat belts are
that can be unlatched and retracted properly positioned before
into the ceiling to allow the seat to be driving.
folded down. See page 16 for how to Position the lap part of the belt as
unlatch and relatch the seat belt. low as possible across your hips,
then pull up on the shoulder part of If the seat belt touches or crosses
Except U.S. LX and Canadian DX the belt so the lap part fits snugly. your neck, or if it crosses your arm
models This lets your strong pelvic bones instead of your shoulder, you need to
The plus-one seat that can be take the force of a crash and reduces adjust the seat belt anchor height.
installed in the center seating the chance of internal injuries.
position of the second row also has a
detachable seat belt. If necessary, pull up on the belt again
to remove any slack, then check that
the belt rests across the center of
your chest and over your shoulder.
CONTINUED

15
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Adults and Teens

Never place the shoulder portion of a Using the Lap/Shoulder Belt in the
lap/shoulder belt under your arm or Center Position of the Third Row
behind your back. This could cause
very serious injuries in a crash. LATCH
PLATE
If a seat belt does not seem to work
as it should, it may not protect the
occupant in a crash.

No one should sit in a seat with an


RELEASE inoperative seat belt. Using a seat
BUTTONS belt that is not working properly can
result in serious injury or death. ANCHOR
The front seats and second row seats Have your dealer check the belt as LATCH
have adjustable seat belt anchors. To soon as possible.
adjust the height of an anchor, Except U.S. LX and Canadian DX
squeeze the two release buttons, and See page 21 for additional models
slide the anchor up or down as information about your seat belts The plus-one seat that can be
needed (it has four positions). and how to take care of them. installed in the center seating
position of the second row also has a
detachable seat belt.
Pull out the anchor latch and the
latch plate from the holding slots in
the ceiling, and pull out the seat belt
to extend it.

16
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Adults and Teens

Using the seat belt with the


ANCHOR LATCH detachable anchor unlatched

Driver and Passenger Safety


ANCHOR
increases the chance of serious LATCH
injury or death in a crash.

Before using the seat belt,


make sure the detachable
anchor is correctly latched.

ANCHOR
TRIANGLE BUCKLE
ANCHOR BUCKLE MARKS

Insert the hook at the end of the To unlatch the detachable anchor
anchor latch into the anchor buckle latch, insert your ignition key into
by lining up the triangle marks on the slot on the side of the anchor
the anchor latch in and buckle. Make buckle. Line up the triangle marks
sure the belt is not twisted. Push the on the plate and buckle when
anchor latch until it locks. Then reattaching the belt and buckle.
follow the procedure for fastening
and positioning an ordinary seat belt
(see page 15 ).

17
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Adults and Teens

6.Maintain a Proper Sitting In addition, an occupant who is out of


Position position in the front seat can be
After all occupants have adjusted seriously or fatally injured in a crash Sitting improperly or out of
their seats and head restraints, and by striking interior parts of the position can result in serious
put on their seat belts, it is very vehicle or being struck by an injury or death in a crash.
important that they continue to sit inflating front airbag.
upright, well back in their seats, with Always sit upright, well back in
their feet on the floor, until the the seat, with your feet on the
vehicle is parked and the engine is floor.
off.

Sitting improperly can increase the


chance of injury during a crash. For
example, if an occupant slouches,
lies down, turns sideways, sits
forward, leans forward or sideways,
or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash is
greatly increased.

18
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Adults and Teens

Advice for Pregnant Women When driving, remember to sit Additional Safety Precautions
upright and adjust the seat as far Never let passengers ride in the
back as possible while allowing full cargo area or on top of a folded-
control of the vehicle. When riding down back seat. If they do, they

Driver and Passenger Safety


as a front passenger, adjust the seat could be very seriously injured in a
as far back as possible. crash.

This will reduce the risk of injuries Passengers should not stand up or
to both you and your unborn child change seats while the vehicle is
that can be caused by a crash or an moving. A passenger who is not
inflating front airbag. wearing a seat belt during a crash
or emergency stop can be thrown
Each time you have a checkup, ask against the inside of the vehicle,
your doctor if its okay for you to against other occupants, or out of
If you are pregnant, the best way to drive. the vehicle.
protect yourself and your unborn
child when driving or riding in a Two people should never use the
vehicle is to always wear a seat belt, same seat belt. If they do, they
and keep the lap part of the belt as could be very seriously injured in a
low as possible across the hips. crash.

CONTINUED

19
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Adults and Teens

Do not put any accessories on seat Do not attach or place objects on


belts. Devices intended to improve the front airbag covers. Objects on
occupant comfort or reposition the the covers marked SRS AIRBAG
shoulder part of a seat belt can could interfere with the proper
reduce the protective capability of operation of the airbags or be
the belt and increase the chance of propelled inside the vehicle and
serious injury in a crash. hurt someone if the airbags inflate.

Do not place hard or sharp objects Do not attach hard objects on or


between yourself and a front near a door. If a side airbag or a
airbag. Carrying hard or sharp side curtain airbag inflates, a cup
objects on your lap, or driving with holder or other hard object
a pipe or other sharp object in attached on or near the door could
your mouth, can result in injuries be propelled inside the vehicle and
if your front airbag inflates. hurt someone.

Keep your hands and arms away


from the airbag covers. If your
hands or arms are close to an
airbag cover, they could be injured
if the airbag inflates.

20
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

Seat Belt System Components The seat belt system If either the driver or a front
Your seat belt system includes lap/ includes an indicator on the passenger does not fasten their seat
shoulder belts in all seating positions. instrument panel and a beeper to belt while driving, the beeper will
The front seat belts are also remind you and your passengers to sound and the indicator will flash

Driver and Passenger Safety


equipped with automatic seat belt fasten your seat belts. again at regular intervals.
tensioners.
This system monitors the front seat On Touring model
This system uses the same sensors belts. If you turn the ignition switch You will also see a FASTEN SEAT
as the front airbags to monitor to the ON (II) position before your BELT or FASTEN PASSENGER
whether the front seat belts are seat belt is fastened, the beeper will SEAT BELT message on the multi-
latched or unlatched, and how much sound and the indicator will flash. If information display (see page 88 ).
weight is on the front passengers your seat belt is not fastened before
seat (see pages 30 and 31 ). the beeper stops, the indicator will When no one is sitting in the front
stop flashing but remain on. passengers seat, or a child or small
adult is riding there, the indicator
If a front passenger does not fasten should not come on and the beeper
their seat belt, the indicator will should not sound.
come on about 6 seconds after the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
(II) position.

CONTINUED

21
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

If the indicator comes on or the Lap/Shoulder Belt All seat belts have an emergency
beeper sounds when the drivers seat The lap/shoulder belt goes over locking retractor. In normal driving,
belt is latched and there is no front your shoulder, across your chest, the retractor lets you move freely in
seat passenger and no items on the and across your hips. your seat while it keeps some
front seat, something may be tension on the belt. During a collision
interfering with the monitoring To fasten the belt, insert the latch or sudden stop, the retractor
system. Look for and remove: plate into the buckle, then tug on the automatically locks the belt to help
belt to make sure the buckle is restrain your body.
Any items under the front latched (see page 15 for how to
passengers seat. properly position the belt). The seat belts in all positions except
the drivers have a lockable retractor
Any object(s) hanging on the seat To unlock the belt, press the red that must be activated to secure a
or in the seat-back pocket. PRESS button on the buckle. Guide child seat (see page 52 ).
the belt across your body so that it
Any objects, such as a folded-down retracts completely. After exiting the
second row seat, that is touching vehicle, be sure the belt is out of the
the rear of the seat-back. way and will not get closed in the
door.
If no obstructions are found, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.

22
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

If the shoulder part of the belt is Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners


pulled all the way out, the lockable
retractor will activate. The belt will
retract, but it will not allow the

Driver and Passenger Safety


passenger to move freely.

To deactivate the lockable retractor,


unlatch the buckle and let the seat
belt fully retract. To refasten the
seat belt, pull it out only as far as
needed.

The lap/shoulder belt in the center


seating position on the third seat and For added protection, the front seat
the second row plus-one seat belts are equipped with automatic
(depending on models) is equipped seat belt tensioners. When activated,
with a detachable seat belt that has the tensioners immediately tighten
two parts: a small latch plate and an the belts to help hold the driver and
anchor buckle. a front passenger in position.

The detachable seat belt should


normally be latched whenever the
seat-backs are in an upright position.
For more information about the
detachable seat belt, see page 15 . CONTINUED

23
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

The tensioners are designed to Seat Belt Maintenance If a seat belt is worn during a crash,
activate in any collision severe For safety, you should check the it must be replaced by the dealer. A
enough to cause the front airbags to condition of your seat belts regularly. belt that has been worn during a
deploy, or if a sensor detects your crash may not provide the same level
vehicle is about to roll over (see page Pull each belt out fully, and look for of protection in a subsequent crash.
33 ). frays, cuts, burns, and wear. Check
that the latches work smoothly and The dealer should also inspect the
If a side airbag or side curtain airbag the belts retract easily. If a belt does anchors for damage and replace
deploys during a side impact, the not retract easily, cleaning the belt them if needed. If the automatic seat
tensioner on that side of the vehicle may correct the problem (see page belt tensioners activate during a
will also deploy. 444 ). Any belt that is not in good crash, they must be replaced.
condition or working properly will
The tensioners can also be activated not provide good protection and
during a collision in which the front should be replaced as soon as
airbags do not deploy. In this case, the possible. Not checking or maintaining
airbags would not be needed, but the seat belts can result in serious
additional restraint could be helpful. Honda provides a limited warranty injury or death if the seat belts
on seat belts. See your Honda do not work properly when
When the tensioners are activated, Warranty Information booklet for needed.
the seat belts will remain tight until details.
they are unbuckled. Check your seat belts regularly
and have any problem
corrected as soon as possible.

24
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Airbags

Airbag System Components

(2) (12) (11)

Driver and Passenger Safety


(9) (13) (5)
(4)
(11)
(6)

(15)
(1) Drivers Front Airbag
(2) Passengers Front Airbag
(3) Control Unit
(4) Front Seat Belt Tensioners (1)
(5) Side Airbags
(6) Side Curtain Airbags
(10)
(7) Drivers Seat Position Sensor
(8) Front Passengers Weight Sensors
(9) Front Impact Sensors (3) (5) (11)
(10) Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
(11) Side Impact Sensors
(12) Occupant Position Detection
System (OPDS) Sensors (11) (4)
(13) Front Passengers Weight Sensors/
OPDS Sensors Control Unit (14)
(14) Rear Safing Sensor (7)
(15) Supplemental Restraint System (11)
(SRS) Indicator (8) (11)

CONTINUED

25
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Airbags

Your airbag system includes: Two side curtain airbags, one for Sensors that can detect whether
each side of the vehicle. The the drivers seat belt and the front
Two SRS (supplemental restraint airbags are stored in the ceiling, passengers seat belt are latched
system) front airbags. The drivers above the side windows. The front or unlatched (see page 21 ).
airbag is stored in the center of and rear pillars are marked SIDE
the steering wheel; the front CURTAIN AIRBAG (see page A drivers seat position sensor that
passengers airbag is stored in the 33 ). monitors the distance of the seat
dashboard. Both are marked SRS from the front airbag. If the seat is
AIRBAG (see page 27 ). Automatic front seat belt too far forward, the airbag will
tensioners (see page 23 ). inflate with less force (see page
Two side airbags, one for the 30 ).
driver and one for a front Sensors that can detect a
passenger. The airbags are stored moderate to severe front impact, Weight sensors that monitor the
in the outer edges of the seat- side impact, or if your vehicle is weight on the front passengers
backs. Both are marked SIDE about to rollover. seat. If the weight is about 65 lbs
AIRBAG (see page 31 ). (29 kg) or less (the weight of an
Sensors that can detect whether a infant or small child), the
child is in the passengers side passengers front airbag will be
airbag path and signal the control turned off (see page 30 ).
unit to turn the airbag off (see
page 32 ).

26
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Airbags

A rollover sensor that can detect if An indicator on the instrument How Your Front Airbags Work
your vehicle is about to roll over panel that alerts you that the
and signal the control unit to passengers side airbag has been
deploy both side curtain airbags turned off (see page 35 ).

Driver and Passenger Safety


and front seat belt tensioners (see
page 33 ). An indicator on the dashboard that
alerts you that the passengers
A sophisticated electronic system front airbag has been turned off
that continually monitors and (see page 35 ).
records information about the
sensors, the control unit, the Emergency backup power in case
airbag activators, the seat belt your vehicles electrical system is
tensioners, and driver and front disconnected in a crash.
passenger seat belt use when the
ignition switch is in the ON (II) If you ever have a moderate to
position. severe frontal collision, sensors will
detect the vehicles rapid
An indicator on the instrument deceleration.
panel that alerts you to a possible
problem with your airbags, If the rate of deceleration is high
sensors, or seat belt tensioners enough, the control unit will instantly
(see page 34 ). inflate the drivers and front
passengers airbags, at the time and
with the force needed.

CONTINUED

27
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Airbags

During a frontal crash, your seat belt This can happen if the severity of a
restrains your lower body and torso, collision is at the margin, or
and the airbag helps protect your threshold, that determines whether
head and chest. or not the airbags will deploy. In
such cases, the seat belt will provide
Although both airbags normally sufficient protection, and the
inflate within a split second of each supplemental protection offered by
other, it is possible for only one the airbag would be minimal.
airbag to deploy.
Only the drivers airbag can deploy if
there is no passenger in the front
seat, or if the advanced airbag
system has turned the passengers
airbag off (see page 35 ).
After inflating, the front airbags will
immediately deflate, so they wont
interfere with the drivers visibility,
or the ability to steer or operate
other controls.

28
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Airbags

The total time for inflation and Dual-Stage Airbags Dual-Threshold Airbags
deflation is one-tenth of a second, so Your front airbags are dual-stage Your front airbags are also dual-
fast that most occupants are not airbags. This means they have two threshold airbags. Airbags with this
aware that the airbags deployed until inflation stages that can be ignited feature have two deployment

Driver and Passenger Safety


they see them lying in their laps. sequentially or simultaneously, thresholds that depend on whether
depending on crash severity. sensors detect the occupant is
After a crash, you may see what wearing a seat belt or not.
looks like smoke. This is actually In a more severe crash, both stages
powder from the airbags surface. will ignite simultaneously to provide If the occupants belt is not latched,
Although the powder is not harmful, the quickest and greatest protection. the airbag will deploy at a slightly
people with respiratory problems lower threshold, because the
may experience some temporary In a less severe crash, one stage will occupant would need extra
discomfort. If this occurs, get out of ignite first, then the second stage protection.
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do will ignite a split second later. This
so. provides longer airbag inflation time If the occupants belt is latched, the
with a little less force. airbag will inflate at a slightly higher
threshold, when the airbag would be
needed to supplement the protection
provided by the seat belt.

CONTINUED

29
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Airbags

Advanced Airbags
Your front airbags are also advanced
airbags. The main purpose of this
feature is to help prevent airbag-
caused injuries to short drivers and
children who ride in front.
PASSENGERS
For both advanced airbags to work SEAT WEIGHT
properly: DRIVERS SENSOR
SEAT
POSITION
Occupants must sit upright and SENSOR
wear their seat belts properly.

Do not spill any liquids on or The drivers advanced front airbag The passengers advanced front
under the seats, cover the sensors, system includes a seat position airbag system has weight sensors
or put any cargo or metal objects sensor under the seat. If the seat is under the seat. Although Honda
under the front seats. too far forward, the airbag will does not encourage carrying an
inflate with less force, regardless of infant or small child in front, if the
Second-row passengers should not the severity of the impact. sensors detect the weight of an
put their feet under the front seats. infant or small child (up to about 65
If there is a problem with the sensor, lbs or 29 kg), the system will
Failure to follow these instructions the SRS indicator will come on, and automatically turn the passengers
could damage the sensors or prevent the airbag will inflate in the normal front airbag off.
them from working properly. manner regardless of the drivers
seating position.

30
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Airbags

Be aware that objects placed on the Moving the front seat forcibly How Your Side Airbags Work
passengers seat can also cause the back against cargo on the seat, the
airbag to be turned off. floor behind it, or a folded second
row seat.

Driver and Passenger Safety


When the airbag is turned off, a
passenger airbag off indicator in Hanging heavy items on the front
the center of the dashboard comes passenger seat, or placing heavy
on (see page 35 ). items in the seat-back pocket.

If the weight sensors detect there is Also, make sure the floor mat behind
no passenger in the front seat, the the front passengers seat is properly
airbag will be off. However, the positioned on the floor (see page
passenger airbag off indicator will 444 ). If it is not, the mat may
not come on. interfere with the proper operation
of the front passengers seat and its If you ever have a moderate to
To ensure that the passengers sensors. severe side impact, sensors will
advanced front airbag system will detect rapid acceleration and signal
work properly, do not do anything the control unit to instantly inflate
that would increase or decrease the either the drivers or the passengers
weight on the front passengers seat. side airbag and activate the seat belt
This includes: tensioner on the affected side.

A second row passenger pushing


or pulling on the back of the front
passengers seat.
CONTINUED

31
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Airbags

Only one airbag will deploy during a Side Airbag Cutoff System If the side airbag off indicator comes
side impact. If the impact is on the Your vehicle has a side airbag cutoff on (see page 35 ), have the
passengers side, the passengers system designed primarily to protect passenger sit upright. Once the
side airbag will deploy even if there a child riding in the front passengers passenger is out of the airbags
is no passenger. seat. deployment path, the system will
turn the airbag back on, and the
To get the best protection from the Although Honda does not encourage indicator will go out.
side airbags, front seat occupants children to ride in front, if the
should wear their seat belts and sit position sensors detect a child has There will be some delay between
upright and well back in their seats. leaned into the side airbags the moment the passenger moves
deployment path, the airbag will shut into or out of the airbag deployment
off. path and when the indicator comes
on or goes off.
The side airbag may also shut off if a
short adult leans sideways, or a A front seat passenger should not
larger adult slouches and leans use a cushion or other object as a
sideways into the airbags backrest. It may prevent the cutoff
deployment path. system from working properly.

Objects placed on the front


passenger seat can also cause the
side airbag to be shut off.

32
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Airbags

How Your Side Curtain Airbags If the impact is on the passengers To get the best protection from the
Work side, the passengers side curtain side curtain airbags, occupants
airbag will inflate even if there are no should wear their seat belts and sit
occupants on that side of the vehicle. upright and well back in their seats.

Driver and Passenger Safety


In a Rollover
If the rollover sensor detects your
vehicle is about to roll over, it signals
the control unit, which immediately
deploys both side curtain airbags and
activates both front seat belt
tensioners.

The airbag on the passengers side


will deploy, and the seat belt
In a Side Impact tensioner will activate, even if there
In a moderate to severe side impact, are no passengers on that side of the
sensors will detect rapid acceleration vehicle.
and signal the control unit to
instantly inflate the side curtain
airbag and activate the seat belt
tensioner on the drivers or the
passengers side of the vehicle.

33
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Airbags

How the SRS Indicator If the indicator comes on at any On Touring models
Works other time, or does not come on at all, You will also see a CHECK
The SRS indicator alerts you to a you should have the system checked AIRBAG SYSTEM message on the
potential problem with your airbags by your dealer. For example: multi-information display (see page
or seat belt tensioners. 88 ).
If the SRS indicator does not come
When you turn the ignition switch to on after you turn the ignition If you see any of these indications,
the ON (II) position, this indicator switch to the ON (II) position. the airbags and seat belt tensioners
comes on for several seconds then may not work properly when you
goes off. This tells you the system is If the indicator stays on after the need them.
working properly. engine starts.

If the indicator comes on or


flashes on and off while you drive. Ignoring the SRS indicator can
result in serious injury or death
if the airbag systems or
tensioners do not work properly.

Have your vehicle checked by a


dealer as soon as possible if
the SRS indicator alerts you to
a possible problem.

34
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Airbags

U.S. Canada How the Side How the Passenger Airbag Off Be aware that objects placed on the
Airbag Off Indicator Works front seat can cause the indicator to
Indicator Works come on.
This indicator alerts you that the

Driver and Passenger Safety


passengers side airbag has been If no weight is detected on the front
automatically shut off. It does not U.S. seat, the airbag will be automatically
mean there is a problem with your shut off. However, the indicator will
side airbags. not come on.
Canada
When you turn the ignition switch to The passenger airbag off indicator
the ON (II) position, the indicator may come on and off repeatedly if
should come on for several seconds the total weight on the seat is near
and then go off (see page 68 ). If it PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF the airbag cutoff threshold.
doesnt come on, stays on, or comes INDICATOR
on while driving without a passenger If an adult or teenage passenger is
in the front seat, have the system This indicator alerts you that the riding in front, move the seat as far
checked. passengers front airbag has been to the rear as possible, and have the
shut off because weight sensors passenger sit upright and wear the
On Touring models detect about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less seat belt properly.
You will also see a PASSENGER (the weight of an infant or small
SIDE AIRBAG OFF message on the child) on the front passengers seat.
multi-information display (see page It does not mean there is a problem
89 ). with the airbag.

CONTINUED

35
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Airbags

If the indicator comes on with no Airbag Service The SRS indicator alerts you to a
front seat passenger and no objects Your airbag systems are virtually problem. Take your vehicle to an
on the seat, or with an adult riding maintenance free, and there are no authorized dealer as soon as
there, something may be interfering parts you can safely service. possible. If you ignore this
with the weight sensors. Look for However, you must have your indication, your airbags may not
and remove: vehicle serviced if: operate properly.

Any items under the front An airbag ever inflates. Any airbag If your vehicle has a moderate to
passengers seat. that has deployed must be severe impact. Even if your
replaced along with the control airbags do not inflate, your dealer
Any object(s) hanging on the seat unit and other related parts. Any should inspect the drivers seat
or in the seat-back pocket. seat belt tensioner that activates position sensor, the front
must also be replaced. passengers weight sensors, the
Any object(s) touching the rear of front seat belt tensioners, and all
the seat-back. Do not try to remove or replace seat belts and their anchors worn
any airbag by yourself. This must during a crash to make sure they
If no obstructions are found, have be done by an authorized dealer or are operating properly.
your vehicle checked by a dealer as a knowledgeable body shop.
soon as possible.

36
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Additional Information About Your Airbags

Additional Safety Precautions Do not cover or replace front seat- Do not remove or modify a front
Do not attempt to deactivate your back covers without consulting seat without consulting your
airbags. Together, airbags and your dealer. Improperly replacing dealer. This could make the
seat belts provide the best or covering front seat-back covers drivers seat position sensor or the

Driver and Passenger Safety


protection. can prevent your side airbags from front passengers weight sensors
inflating during a side impact. ineffective. If it is necessary to
Do not tamper with airbag remove or modify a front seat to
components or wiring for any accommodate a person with
reason. Tampering could cause disabilities, first contact Honda
the airbags to deploy, possibly Automobile Customer Service at
causing very serious injury. (800) 999-1009.

Do not expose the front passengers


seat-back to liquid. If water or
another liquid soaks into the seat-
back, it can prevent the side airbag
cutoff system from working
properly.

37
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Children General Guidelines

All Children Must Be Restrained


Each year, many children are injured
or killed in vehicle crashes because Children who are unrestrained
they are either unrestrained or not or improperly restrained can be
properly restrained. In fact, vehicle seriously injured or killed in a
accidents are the number one cause crash.
of death of children age 12 and
under. Any child too small for a seat
belt should be properly
To reduce the number of child restrained in a child seat. A
deaths and injuries, every state and larger child should be properly
Canadian province requires that restrained with a seat belt and
infants and children be properly use a booster seat if necessary.
Children depend on adults to protect restrained when they ride in a
them. However, despite their best vehicle.
intentions, many adults do not know Larger children must be restrained
how to properly protect child Infants and small children must be with a lap/shoulder belt and ride on
passengers. restrained in an approved child seat a booster seat until the seat belt fits
that is properly secured to the them properly (see pages 56 59 ).
If you have children, or ever need to vehicle (see pages 43 59 ).
drive with a child in your vehicle, be
sure to read this section. It begins
with important general guidelines,
then presents special information for
infants, small children, and larger
children.

38
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Children General Guidelines

All Children Should Sit in a Back The Passengers Front Airbag Small Children
Seat Can Pose Serious Risks Placing a forward-facing child seat in
According to accident statistics, Front airbags have been designed to the front seat of a vehicle equipped
children of all ages and sizes are help protect adults in a moderate to with a passengers front airbag can

Driver and Passenger Safety


safer when they are restrained in a severe frontal collision. To do this, be hazardous. If the vehicle seat is
back seat. The National Highway the passengers front airbag is quite too far forward, or the childs head is
Traffic Safety Administration and large, and it can inflate with enough thrown forward during a collision, an
Transport Canada recommend that force to cause very serious injuries. inflating front airbag can strike the
all children aged 12 and under be child with enough force to kill or
properly restrained in a back seat. Even though your vehicle has an very seriously injure a small child.
Some states have laws restricting advanced front airbag system that
where children may ride. automatically turns the passengers Larger Children
front airbag off (see page 35 ), Children who have outgrown child
Children who ride in back are less please follow these guidelines: seats are also at risk of being injured
likely to be injured by striking or killed by an inflating passengers
interior vehicle parts during a Infants front airbag. Whenever possible,
collision or hard braking. Also, Never put a rear-facing child seat in larger children should sit in the back
children cannot be injured by an the front seat of a vehicle equipped seat, on a booster seat if needed, and
inflating front airbag when they ride with a passengers front airbag. If be properly restrained with a seat
in the back. the airbag inflates, it can hit the back belt. (See page 56 for important
of the child seat with enough force information about protecting larger
to kill or very seriously injure an children.)
infant.

CONTINUED

39
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Children General Guidelines

To remind you of the passengers U.S. Models


front airbag hazards, and that SUN VISORS DASHBOARD
children must be properly restrained
in a back seat, your vehicle has
warning labels on the dashboard
(U.S. models) and on the front visors.
Please read and follow the
instructions on these labels.

Canadian Models
SUN VISORS

40
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Children General Guidelines

If You Must Drive with Several If a Child Requires Close Additional Safety Precautions
Children Attention Never hold an infant or child on
Your vehicle has two rows of back Many parents say they prefer to put your lap. If you are not wearing a
seats where children can be properly an infant or a small child in the front seat belt in a crash, you could be

Driver and Passenger Safety


restrained. If you ever have to carry passenger seat so they can watch the thrown forward and crush the
a group of children, and a child must child, or because the child requires child against the dashboard or a
ride in front: attention. seat-back. If you are wearing a
seat belt, the child can be torn
Place the largest child in the front Placing a child in the front seat from your arms and be seriously
seat, provided the child is large exposes the child to hazards in a hurt or killed.
enough to wear the lap/shoulder frontal collision, and paying close
belt properly (see page 56 ). attention to a child distracts the Never put a seat belt over yourself
driver from the important tasks of and a child. During a crash, the
Move the vehicle seat as far to the driving, placing both of you at risk. belt could press deep into the child
rear as possible (see page 168 ). and cause serious or fatal injuries.
If a child requires close physical
Have the child sit upright and well attention or frequent visual contact, Never let two children use the
back in the seat (see page 18 ). we strongly recommend that another same seat belt. If they do, they
adult ride with the child in a back could be very seriously injured in a
Make sure the seat belt is properly seat. The back seat is far safer for a crash.
positioned and secured (see page child than the front.
15 ).

41
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Children General Guidelines

Make sure any unused seat belt Use the power sliding door main Lock all doors and the tailgate
that a child can reach is buckled, switch to prevent children from when your vehicle is not in use.
the lockable retractor is operating the sliding doors. This Children who play in vehicles can
activated, and the belt is fully will prevent unintended use of the accidentally get trapped inside.
retracted and locked. If a child doors. Teach your children not to play in
wraps a loose seat belt around or around vehicles.
their neck, they can be seriously Do not leave children alone in a
or fatally injured. (See pages vehicle. Leaving children without Keep vehicle keys and remote
51 and 52 for how to activate adult supervision is illegal in most transmitters out of the reach of
and deactivate the lockable states and Canadian provinces, children. Even very young
retractor.) and can be very hazardous. children learn how to unlock
vehicle doors, turn on the ignition
Use childproof door locks to For example, infants and small switch, and open the tailgate,
prevent children from opening the children left in a vehicle on a hot which can lead to accidental injury
doors. This can prevent children day can die from heatstroke. A or death.
from accidentally falling out (see child left alone with the key in the
page 157 ). ignition switch can accidentally set
the vehicle in motion, possibly
injuring themselves or others.

42
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Infants and Small Children

Protecting Infants Only a rear-facing child seat provides Rear-facing Child Seat Placement
proper support for a babys head, A rear-facing child seat can be placed
neck, and back. in any seating position in the second
or third row, but not in the front.

Driver and Passenger Safety


Two types of seats may be used: a Never put a rear-facing child seat in
seat designed exclusively for infants, the front seat.
or a convertible seat used in the rear-
facing, reclining mode. If the passengers front airbag
inflates, it can hit the back of the
Do not put a rear-facing child seat in child seat with enough force to kill or
a forward-facing position. If placed seriously injure an infant.
facing forward, an infant could be
very seriously injured during a When properly installed in the
frontal collision. second row, a rear-facing child seat
Child Seat Type may prevent the driver or a front
An infant must be properly passenger from moving their seat as
restrained in a rear-facing, reclining far back as recommended, or from
child seat until the child reaches the locking their seat-back in the desired
seat makers weight or height limit position.
for the seat, and the child is at least
one year old. It could also interfere with proper
operation of the passengers
advanced front airbag system.

CONTINUED

43
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Infants and Small Children

In any of these situations, we Protecting Small Children Of the different seats available, we
strongly recommend that you install recommend those that have a five-
the child seat directly behind the point harness system as shown.
front passengers seat, move the seat
as far forward as needed, and leave it We also recommend that a small
unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get child use the child seat until the child
a smaller rear-facing child seat. reaches the weight or height limit
for the seat.

Placing a rear-facing child seat


in the front seat can result in
serious injury or death during a
collision.
Child Seat Type
Always place a rear-facing child A child who is at least one year old,
seat in the back seat, not the and who fits within the child seat
front. makers weight and height limits,
should be restrained in a forward-
facing, upright child seat.

44
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Infants and Small Children

Child Seat Placement Even with advanced front airbags


We strongly recommend placing a that automatically turn the
forward-facing child seat in a back passengers front airbag off (see Placing a forward-facing child
seat, not the front. page 35 ), a back seat is the safest seat in the front seat can result

Driver and Passenger Safety


place for a small child. in serious injury or death if the
Placing a forward-facing child seat in front airbag inflates.
the front seat of a vehicle equipped If it is necessary to put a forward-
with a passengers airbag can be facing child seat in the front, move If you must place a forward-
hazardous. If the vehicle seat is too the vehicle seat as far to the rear as facing child seat in front, move
far forward, or the childs head is possible, and be sure the child seat is the vehicle seat as far back as
thrown forward during a collision, an firmly secured to the vehicle and the possible, and properly restrain
inflating airbag can strike the child child is properly strapped in the seat. the child.
with enough force to cause very
serious or fatal injuries.

45
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Selecting a Child Seat

When buying a child seat, you need Since LATCH-compatible child seats Whatever type of seat you choose, to
to choose either a conventional child are easier to install and reduce the provide proper protection, a child
seat, or one designed for use with possibility of improper installation, seat should meet three
the lower anchors and tethers for we recommend selecting this style. requirements:
children (LATCH) system.
In seating positions and vehicles not 1. The child seat should meet U.S. or
Conventional child seats must be equipped with LATCH, a LATCH- Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
secured to a vehicle with a seat belt, compatible child seat can be installed Standard 213. Look for FMVSS
whereas LATCH-compatible seats using a seat belt. 213 or CMVSS 213 on the box.
are secured by attaching the seat to
hardware built into the rear seating 2. The child seat should be of the
positions. proper type and size to fit the child.
Rear-facing for infants, forward-
facing for small children.

3. The child seat should fit the


vehicle seating position (or
positions) where it will be used.

Before purchasing a conventional


child seat, or using a previously
purchased one, we recommend that
you test the seat in the specific
vehicle seating position or positions
where the seat will be used.

46
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Installing a Child Seat

After selecting a proper child seat A child seat secured with a seat belt 3. Secure the child in the child seat.
and a good place to install the seat, should be installed as firmly as Make sure the child is properly
there are three main steps in possible. However, it does not need strapped in the child seat
installing the seat: to be rock solid. Some side-to-side according to the child seat makers

Driver and Passenger Safety


movement can be expected and instructions. A child who is not
1. Properly secure the child seat to should not reduce the child seats properly secured in a child seat
the vehicle. All child seats must be effectiveness. can be seriously injured in a crash.
secured to the vehicle with the lap
part of a lap/shoulder belt or with If the child seat is not secure, try The following pages provide
the LATCH (lower anchors and installing it in a different seating guidelines on how to properly install
tethers for children) system. A position, or use a different style of a child seat. A forward-facing child
child whose seat is not properly child seat that can be firmly secured. seat is used in all examples, but the
secured to the vehicle can be instructions are the same for rear-
endangered in a crash. facing child seats.

2. Make sure the child seat is firmly


secured. After installing a child
seat, push and pull the seat
forward and from side-to-side to
verify that it is secure.

47
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Installing a Child Seat

Installing a Child Seat with BUTTON


LATCH
Your vehicle is equipped with
LATCH (lower anchors and tethers
for children) in the two second row
seats and the center seating position
of the third row.

The lower anchors are located


between the seat-back and seat
bottom, and are to be used only with LOWER
a child seat designed for use with ANCHORS Rigid type
LATCH.
To install a LATCH-compatible child 3. Place the child seat on the vehicle
The location of each lower anchor is seat in a second row seat: seat, then attach the seat to the
indicated by a small button above the lower anchors according to the
anchor point. 1. Move the seat belt buckle or child seat makers instructions.
tongue away from the lower
anchors. Some LATCH-compatible seats
have a rigid-type connector as
2. Make sure there are no objects shown above.
near the anchors that could
prevent a secure connection
between the child seat and the
anchors.

48
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Installing a Child Seat

TETHER STRAP TETHER


STRAP HOOK

Driver and Passenger Safety


Flexible type ANCHOR

Other LATCH-compatible seats have 5. Lift the head restraint (see page 6. Attach the tether strap hook to the
a flexible-type connector as shown 171 ), then route the tether strap anchor, making sure the strap is
above. through the legs of the head not twisted, then tighten the strap
restraint, over the seat-back and according to the seat makers
4. Whatever type you have, follow through the grab rail. instructions.
the child seat makers instructions
for adjusting or tightening the fit. 7. Push and pull the child seat
forward and from side-to-side to
verify that it is secure.

49
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Installing a Child Seat

To install a LATCH-compatible child BUTTON


seat in the center seating position of
the third row:

1. Unlatch the detachable seat belt


anchor latch and retract the seat
belt all the way into the ceiling.
Place the latch plate and anchor
latch in their holding slots (see
page 16 ).
ANCHORAGE POINT
LOWER ANCHORS

The location of each lower anchor is The center seating position of the
indicated by a small button above the third row has an anchorage point on
anchor point. the tailgate sill.

2. Follow steps 1 through 4 of the 3. Slide the anchor cover to open it.
second row installation on pages
48 and 49 .

50
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Installing a Child Seat

Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/


Shoulder Belt
When not using the LATCH system,
all child seats must be secured to the

Driver and Passenger Safety


vehicle with the lap part of a lap/
shoulder belt.

In addition, the lap/shoulder belts in


all seating positions except the
drivers have a lockable retractor
TETHER STRAP that must be activated to secure a
HOOK ANCHOR child seat.

4. Remove the head restraint (see If you intend to install a child seat in 1. With the child seat in the desired
page 171 ). Make sure the the center seating position of the seating position, route the belt
removed head restraint is secured third row, make sure the detachable through the child seat according
in the cargo area. Reinstall the seat belt is properly installed (see to the seat makers instructions,
head restraint when the child seat page 16 ). then insert the latch plate into the
is removed. buckle.

5. Follow steps 6 and 7 on page 49 .

CONTINUED

51
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Installing a Child Seat

2. To activate the lockable retractor, 4. After confirming that the belt is 5. Push and pull the child seat
slowly pull the shoulder part of the locked, grab the shoulder part of forward and from side-to-side to
belt all the way out until it stops, the belt near the buckle, and pull verify that it is secure enough to
then let the belt feed back into the up to remove any slack from the stay upright during normal driving
retractor. lap part of the belt. Remember, if maneuvers. If the child seat is not
the lap part of the belt is not tight, secure, unlatch the belt, allow it to
3. After the belt has retracted, tug on the child seat will not be secure. retract fully, then repeat these
it. If the belt is locked, you will not steps.
be able to pull it out. If you can pull To remove slack, it may help to
the belt out, it is not locked, and put weight on the child seat, or To deactivate the lockable retractor
you will need to repeat these steps. push on the back of the seat while and remove a child seat, unlatch the
pulling up on the belt. buckle, unroute the seat belt, and let
the belt fully retract.

52
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Installing a Child Seat

Installing a Child Seat with a Second Row Installation


Tether
A child seat with a tether can be
installed in any seating position in

Driver and Passenger Safety


TETHER
the second or third row seats. STRAP

Since a tether can provide additional


security to the lap/shoulder belt
installation, we recommend using a
tether whenever one is required or
available.

TETHER ANCHORAGE POINT

Each second row bucket seat has a 1. After properly securing the child
tether anchorage point at the bottom seat (see page 51 ), lift the head
of the seat-back. restraint, then route the tether
strap over the seat-back and
through the head restraint legs.

CONTINUED

53
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Installing a Child Seat

Third Row Installation

TETHER Outside seating position Center seating position


STRAP
HOOK

ANCHOR ANCHORAGE POINTS ANCHORAGE POINT

2. Attach the tether strap hook to the Each outside seating position of the The center seating position of the
anchor, making sure the strap is third row has an anchorage point on third row has an anchorage point on
not twisted. the seat-back. the tailgate sill.

3. Tighten the strap according to the


seat makers instructions.

54
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Installing a Child Seat

1. Remove the head restraint (see


page 171 ). Make sure the
removed head restraint is secured Outside seating position Center seating position
in the cargo area. Reinstall the

Driver and Passenger Safety


head restraint when the child seat
is removed.

2. (Outside seating position)


To use the anchor, pull up the
anchor cover.

(Center seating position) ANCHOR


Slide the anchor cover to open it. TETHER STRAP HOOK ANCHOR TETHER STRAP HOOK

3. After properly securing the child 4. Attach the tether strap hook to the 5. Tighten the strap according to the
seat (see page 51 ), route the anchor, making sure the tether seat makers instructions.
tether strap over the top of the strap is not twisted.
seat-back.

55
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Larger Children

When a child reaches the Checking Seat Belt Fit


recommended weight or height limit
for a forward-facing child seat, the Allowing a child age 12 or under
child should sit in a back seat on a to sit in front can result in injury
booster seat and wear a lap/shoulder or death if the passengers front
belt. airbag inflates.

The following pages give If a child must ride in front,


instructions on how to check proper move the vehicle seat as far
seat belt fit, what kind of booster back as possible, use a booster
seat to use if one is needed, and seat if needed, have the child
important precautions for a child sit up properly and wear the
who must sit in front. seat belt properly.

To determine if a lap/shoulder belt


properly fits a child, have the child
put on the seat belt, then ask
yourself:

1. Does the child sit all the way back


against the seat?

2. Do the childs knees bend


comfortably over the edge of the
seat?

56
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Larger Children

3. Does the shoulder belt cross Using a Booster Seat to drive.


between the childs neck and arm?
Booster seats can be high-back or
4. Is the lap part of the belt as low as low-back. Whichever style you select,

Driver and Passenger Safety


possible, touching the childs make sure the booster seat meets
thighs? federal safety standards (see page
46 ) and that you follow the booster
5. Will the child be able to stay seat makers instructions.
seated like this for the whole trip?
If a child who uses a booster seat
If you answer yes to all these must ride in front, move the vehicle
questions, the child is ready to wear seat as far back as possible and be
the lap/shoulder belt correctly. If sure the child is wearing the seat
you answer no to any question, the belt properly.
child needs to ride on a booster seat. A child who has outgrown a forward-
facing child seat should ride in a A child may continue using a booster
back seat and use a booster seat seat until the tops of their ears are
until the lap/shoulder belt fits them even with the top of the vehicles or
properly without the booster. boosters seat-back. A child of this
height should be tall enough to use
Some states and Canadian provinces the lap/shoulder belt without a
also require children to use a booster booster seat.
seat until they reach a given age or
weight (e.g., 6 years or 60 lbs). Be
sure to check current laws in the
states or provinces where you intend

57
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Larger Children

When Can a Larger Child Sit in Of course, children vary widely. And If you decide that a child can safely
Front while age may be one indicator of ride up front, be sure to:
The National Highway Traffic Safety when a child can safely ride in front,
Administration and Transport there are other important factors you Carefully read the owners manual,
Canada recommend that all children should consider. and make sure you understand all
aged 12 and under be properly seat belt instructions and all safety
restrained in a back seat. Physical Size information.
Physically, a child must be large
If the passengers front airbag enough for the lap/shoulder belt to Move the vehicle seat to the rear-
inflates in a moderate to severe properly fit (see pages 15 and 56 ). If most position.
frontal collision, the airbag can cause the seat belt does not fit properly,
serious injuries to a child who is with or without the child sitting on a Have the child sit up straight, back
unrestrained, improperly restrained, booster seat, the child should not sit against the seat, and feet on or
sitting too close to the airbag, or out in front. near the floor.
of position.
Maturity Check that the childs seat belt is
A side airbag also poses risks. If any To safely ride in front, a child must properly and securely positioned.
part of a larger childs body is in the be able to follow the rules, including
path of a deploying side airbag, the sitting properly, and wearing the seat Supervise the child. Even mature
child could receive possibly serious belt properly throughout a ride. children sometimes need to be
injuries. reminded to fasten the seat belts
or sit properly.

58
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Larger Children

Additional Safety Precautions Do not put any accessories on a


Do not let a child wear a seat belt seat belt. Devices intended to
across the neck. This could result improve a childs comfort or
in serious neck injuries during a reposition the shoulder part of a

Driver and Passenger Safety


crash. seat belt can make the belt less
effective and increase the chance
Do not let a child put the shoulder of serious injury in a crash.
part of a seat belt behind the back
or under the arm. This could
cause very serious injuries during
a crash. It also increases the
chance that the child will slide
under the belt in a crash and be
injured.

Two children should never use the


same seat belt. If they do, they
could be very seriously injured in a
crash.

59
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Carbon Monoxide Hazard

Your vehicles exhaust contains With the tailgate open, air flow can
carbon monoxide gas. Carbon pull exhaust gas into your vehicles
monoxide should not enter the Carbon monoxide gas is toxic. interior and create a hazardous
vehicle in normal driving if you Breathing it can cause condition. If you must drive with the
maintain your vehicle properly and unconsciousness and even kill tailgate open, open all the windows
follow the information on this page. you. and set the heating and cooling
system/climate control system as
Have the exhaust system inspected Avoid any enclosed areas or shown below.
for leaks whenever: activities that expose you to
carbon monoxide. If you must sit in your parked vehicle
The vehicle is raised for an oil with the engine running, even in an
change. unconfined area, adjust the heating
High levels of carbon monoxide can and cooling system/climate control
You notice a change in the sound collect rapidly in enclosed areas, system as follows:
of the exhaust. such as a garage. Do not run the
engine with the garage door closed. 1. Select the fresh air mode.
The vehicle was in an accident Even with the door open, run the 2. Select the mode.
that may have damaged the engine only long enough to move the 3. Set the fan speed to high.
underside. vehicle out of the garage. 4. Set the temperature control to a
comfortable setting.

60
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Safety Labels

These labels are in the locations SUN VISORS


shown. They warn you of potential U.S. models Canadian models
hazards that could cause serious
injury or death. Read these labels

Driver and Passenger Safety


carefully.

If a label comes off or becomes hard


to read (except for the U.S.
dashboard label which may be
removed by the owner), contact your
dealer for a replacement.
DASHBOARD
SUN VISOR U.S. models only
U.S. models only

CONTINUED

61
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Safety Labels

HOOD DOORJAMB
U.S. models Canadian models
U.S. models Canadian models

RADIATOR CAP

62
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu
Instruments and Controls

This section gives information about Windshield Wipers and Seat Heaters ................................... 183
the controls and displays that Washers .................................. 134 Driving Position Memory
contribute to the daily operation of Rear Window Wiper and System......................................... 184
your vehicle. All the essential Washer .................................... 135 Power Windows ............................. 186
controls are within easy reach. Turn Signal and Headlights.......... 135 Moonroof ........................................ 189
Instrument Panel Brightness ....... 139 Mirrors ............................................ 190

Instruments and Controls


Hazard Warning Button ................ 140 Parking Brake ................................ 192
Rear Window Defogger ................ 140 Adjustable Drivers Foot Pedals .. 193
Steering Wheel Adjustment ......... 141 Interior Convenience Items .......... 194
Keys and Locks.............................. 142 Retractable Center Tray ........... 195
Immobilizer System....................... 143 Beverage Holders ...................... 195
Ignition Switch ............................... 144 Integrated Sunshade ................. 197
Remote Transmitter ...................... 145 Sunglasses Holder ..................... 197
Opening or Closing the Power Conversation Mirror ................. 198
Sliding Doors .......................... 148 Sun Visor .................................... 198
Opening or Closing the Power Vanity Mirror ............................. 199
Tailgate ................................... 148 Rear Compartment .................... 199
Door Locks ..................................... 151 Second Row Console ................. 199
Power Door Locks ..................... 151 In-Floor Storage Area................ 200
Control Locations ............................ 64 Auto Door Locking/ Glove Boxes ............................... 201
Instrument Panel ............................. 65 Unlocking ............................... 152 Center Pocket ............................ 202
Instrument Panel Indicators ........... 67 Childproof Door Locks ............. 157 Coin Pocket ................................ 202
Gauges .............................................. 77 Tailgate ........................................... 157 Accessory Power Sockets......... 203
Multi-Information Display .............. 81 Power Tailgate ........................... 158 AC Power Outlet ........................ 203
Controls Near the Steering Sliding Doors .................................. 161 Interior Lights ................................ 205
Wheel .......................................... 133 Seats ................................................ 167

63
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Control Locations

INSTRUMENT PANEL INDICATORS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION HEATING AND COOLING SYSTEM/


(P.65, 66) SHIFT LEVER (P.386) CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (P.210)
GAUGES (P.77) SEAT HEATER
MIRROR SWITCHES (P.183)
CONTROLS
(P.191)

POWER DOOR
LOCK SWITCH
(P.151)
GLOVE BOXES
(P.201)
DRIVING POSITION
MEMORY SYSTEM
BUTTONS
(P.184)

POWER WINDOW
SWITCHES
(P.186)
FUEL FILL DOOR
RELEASE HANDLE
(P.369)
HOOD RELEASE HANDLE PARKING BRAKE ACCESSORY AUXILIARY RETRACTABLE
(P.370) PEDAL (P.192) POWER SOCKET INPUT JACK CENTER TRAY
Vehicle with navigation system is shown. (P.203) (P.283) (P.195)

: If equipped
64
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Instrument Panel

LX, EX, EX-L and Canadian DX models


CRUISE MAIN INDICATOR VSA ACTIVATION VEHICLE STABILITY ASSIST
IMMOBILIZER (P.75) INDICATOR (P.70, 394) (VSA) SYSTEM INDICATOR
SYSTEM (P.70, 394) LOW TIRE PRESSURE
INDICATOR (P.70) POWER SLIDING
DOOR INDICATOR INDICATOR (P.71, 396)

Instruments and Controls


LIGHTS ON INDICATOR (P.75) TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
(P.73) SYSTEM (TPMS) INDICATOR
(P.72, 397)
CRUISE CONTROL
FUEL ECONOMY INDICATOR (P.75)
INDICATOR (P.75)
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE
CHARGING SYSTEM (ABS)
SYSTEM INDICATOR (P.69, 392)
INDICATOR LOW FUEL INDICATOR
(P.67, 479) (P.74)

MALFUNCTION SIDE AIRBAG OFF


INDICATOR INDICATOR
LAMP (P.67, 480) (P.35, 68)
HIGH BEAM SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITY SEAT BELT REMINDER
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS INDICATOR RESTRAINT SYSTEM INDICATOR
(DRL) INDICATOR (P.73) (P.73) SYSTEM (SRS) INDICATOR (P.21, 68)
INDICATOR (P.76)
MAINTENANCE MINDER (P.34, 67)
DOOR AND POWER TAILGATE OPEN
INDICATOR (P.76)
LOW OIL PRESSURE PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE TAILGATE OPEN INDICATOR
INDICATOR (P.67, 479) SYSTEM INDICATOR INDICATOR (P.74)
(P.69, 481) (P.75)

The U.S. instrument panel is shown. Differences for the Canadian models are noted in the text.
65
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Instrument Panel

Touring models

IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM INDICATOR (P.70) VSA ACTIVATION VEHICLE STABILITY ASSIST (VSA) SYSTEM
INDICATOR (P.70, 394) INDICATOR (P.70, 394)
LIGHTS ON INDICATOR (P.73) CRUISE MAIN INDICATOR (P.75)
CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LOW TIRE PRESSURE/TPMS
(P.67, 479) (P.73) INDICATOR (P.71, 399)
FOG LIGHT INDICATOR CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR (P.75)
(P.73) ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
(ABS) INDICATOR (P.69, 392)
FUEL ECONOMY
INDICATOR DOOR AND TAILGATE
(P.75) OPEN INDICATOR (P.75)

LOW FUEL
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR (P.74)
INDICATOR LAMP
(P.67, 480)
SIDE AIRBAG OFF
INDICATOR
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (DRL) SECURITY SYSTEM (P.35, 68)
SYSTEM MESSAGE INDICATOR
INDICATOR (P.73) INDICATOR (P.76) (P.76) SEAT BELT REMINDER
LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR INDICATOR (P.21, 68)
(P.67, 479)
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE SYSTEM
(SRS) INDICATOR (P.34, 67) INDICATOR (P.69, 481)


The U.S. instrument panel is shown. Differences for the Canadian models are noted in the text.
66
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Instrument Panel Indicators

The instrument panel has many Charging System Supplemental Restraint


indicators to give you important Indicator System (SRS) Indicator
information about your vehicle. If this indicator comes on when the This indicator comes on for several
engine is running, the battery is not seconds when you turn the ignition
Malfunction Indicator being charged. For more information, switch to the ON (II) position. If it
Lamp see page 479 . comes on at any other time, it

Instruments and Controls


For more information, see page 480 . indicates a potential problem with
On Touring models your front airbags. This indicator will
On Touring models You will also see a CHECK also alert you to a potential problem
You will also see a CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM message on with your side airbags, passengers
EMISSION SYSTEM message on the multi-information display (see side airbag automatic cutoff system,
the multi-information display (see page 88 ). side curtain airbags, automatic seat
page 88 ). belt tensioners, drivers seat position
Low Oil Pressure sensor, or the front passengers
Indicator weight sensors. For more
The engine can be severely damaged information, see page 34 .
if this indicator flashes or stays on
when the engine is running. For On Touring models
more information, see page 479 . You will also see a CHECK
AIRBAG SYSTEM message on the
On Touring models multi-information display (see page
You will also see a CHECK 88 ).
ENGINE OIL LEVEL message on
the multi-information display (see
page 88 ).

67
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Instrument Panel Indicators

Seat Belt Reminder If your front passenger does not U.S. Canada
Indicator fasten their seat belt, the indicator Side Airbag Off
This indicator comes on when you comes on about 6 seconds after the Indicator
turn the ignition switch to the ON ignition switch is turned to the ON This indicator comes on for several
(II) position. It reminds you and your (II) position. seconds when you turn the ignition
passengers to fasten your seat belts. switch to the ON (II) position. If it
A beeper also sounds if you have not If either of you do not fasten your comes on at any other time, it
fastened your seat belt. seat belt while driving, the beeper indicates that the passengers side
will sound and the indicator will flash airbag has automatically shut off.
If you turn the ignition switch to the again at regular intervals. For more For more information, see page 35 .
ON (II) position before fastening information, see page 21 .
your seat belts, the beeper sounds, On Touring models
and the indicator flashes. If you do On Touring models You will also see a PASSENGER
not fasten your seat belts before the You will also see a FASTEN SEAT SIDE AIRBAG OFF message on the
beeper stops, the indicator stops BELT or FASTEN PASSENGER multi-information display (see page
flashing but remains on. SEAT BELT message on the multi- 89 ).
information display (see page 88 ).

68
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Instrument Panel Indicators

Anti-lock Brake System U.S. Canada Parking Brake and 2. If it remains on after you have
(ABS) Indicator Brake System fully released the parking brake
This indicator normally comes on for Indicator (Red) while the engine is running, or if it
a few seconds when you turn the This indicator has two functions: comes on while driving, there
ignition switch to the ON (II) 1. It comes on when you turn the could be a problem with the brake
position, and when the ignition ignition switch to the ON (II) system. For more information, see

Instruments and Controls


switch is turned to the START (III) position. It is a reminder to check page 481 .
position. If it comes on at any other the parking brake. A beeper
time, there is a problem with the sounds if you drive with the On Touring models
ABS. If this happens, have your parking brake not fully released. You will also see a BRAKE FLUID
vehicle checked at a dealer. With Driving with the parking brake not LOW or CHECK BRAKE
this indicator on, your vehicle still fully released can damage the SYSTEM message on the multi-
has normal braking ability but no brakes and tires. information display (see page 88 ).
anti-lock function. For more
information, see page 392 . On Touring models
You will also see a RELEASE
On Touring models PARKING BRAKE message on the
You will also see a CHECK ABS multi-information display (see page
SYSTEM message on the multi- 88 ).
information display (see page 89 ).

CONTINUED

69
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Instrument Panel Indicators

Immobilizer System Vehicle Stability Assist VSA Activation Indicator


Indicator (VSA) System Indicator
This indicator comes on for a few This indicator normally comes on for This indicator has three functions:
seconds when you turn the ignition a few seconds when you turn the 1. It comes on as a reminder that you
switch to the ON (II) position. It will ignition switch to the ON (II) have turned off the vehicle
go off if you have inserted a properly position. stability assist (VSA) system.
coded ignition key. If it is not a
properly coded key, the indicator will If it comes on and stays on at any 2. It flashes when VSA is active (see
blink and the engine will not start other time, or if it does not come on page 394 ).
(see page 143 ). when you turn the ignition switch to
the ON (II) position, there is a 3. It comes on along with the VSA
This indicator also blinks several problem with the VSA system. Take system indicator if there is a
times when you turn the ignition your vehicle to a dealer to have it problem with the VSA system.
switch from the ON (II) position to checked. Without VSA, your vehicle
the ACCESSORY (I) or LOCK (0) still has normal driving ability, but On Touring models
position. will not have VSA traction and You will also see a CHECK VSA
stability enhancement. See page SYSTEM message on the multi-
394 for more information on the information display (see page 89 ).
VSA system.
This indicator normally comes on for
On Touring models a few seconds when you turn the
You will also see a CHECK VSA ignition switch to the ON (II)
SYSTEM message on the multi- position. See page 394 for more
information display (see page 89 ). information.

70
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Instrument Panel Indicators

Low Tire Pressure Low Tire Pressure/ If this happens, pull to the side of the
Indicator TPMS Indicator road when it is safe, check which tire
On LX, EX, EX-L and Canadian DX On Touring models has lost pressure on the multi-
models This indicator normally comes on for information display, and determine
This indicator normally comes on for a few seconds when you turn the the cause. If it is because of a flat tire,
a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) have the flat tire repaired as soon as

Instruments and Controls


ignition switch to the ON (II) position. possible. If two or more tires are
position. If it comes on while driving, underinflated, call a professional
it indicates that one or more of your This indicator has two functions: towing service. For more
vehicles tires are significantly low information, see page 488 .
on pressure. 1. If it comes on while driving, it
indicates that one or more of your U.S. models with the Michelin PAX
If this happens, pull to the side of the vehicles tires are significantly low system
road when it is safe, check which tire on pressure. Your vehicle has Michelin PAX tires.
has lost the pressure, and determine Repair or replacement of PAX tires
the cause. If it is because of a flat tire, You will also see a CHECK TIRE must be done by a Honda dealer or
replace the flat tire with the compact PRESSURE message on the multi- an authorized Michelin PAX system
spare (see page 465 ), and have the information display (see page 88 ). dealer. For more information, see
flat tire repaired as soon as possible. page 457 .
If two or more tires are underinflated, Check the tire pressure monitor on
call a professional towing service the multi-information display and
(see page 488 ). For more determine the cause (see page 401 ).
information, see page 396 .

CONTINUED

71
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Instrument Panel Indicators

2. If this indicator begins to flash, Tire Pressure Monitoring


there is a problem with the tire System (TPMS) Indicator
pressure monitoring system On LX, EX, EX-L and Canadian DX Turn Signal and Hazard Warning
(TPMS). You will also see a models Indicators
CHECK TPMS SYSTEM This indicator normally comes on for The left or right turn signal indicator
message on the multi-information a few seconds when you turn the blinks when you signal a lane change
display. The indicator continues to ignition switch to the ON (II) or turn. If an indicator does not blink
flash for a while (approximately 1 position. or blinks rapidly, it usually means
minute), then stays on. If this one of the turn signal bulbs is
happens, have your dealer check If this indicator comes on and stays burned out (see pages 438 and 441 ).
the system as soon as possible. on at any other time, or if it does not Replace the bulb as soon as possible,
For more information, see page come on when you turn the ignition since other drivers cannot see that
403 . switch to the ON (II) position, there you are signaling.
is a problem with the TPMS. With
this indicator on, the low tire When you press the hazard warning
pressure indicator will not come on button, both turn signal indicators
when a tire loses pressure. Take the and all turn signals on the outside of
vehicle to your dealer to have the the vehicle flash.
system checked.

72
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Instrument Panel Indicators

Lights On Indicator Daytime Running Lights On Touring models


Indicator If you see a CHECK DRL
This indicator reminds you that the SYSTEM message on the multi-
exterior lights are on. It comes on information display, there is a
when the light switch is in either the problem in the high beam headlights
or position. If you turn the circuit. Take your vehicle to a dealer

Instruments and Controls


ignition switch to the ACCESSORY to have it checked (see page 89 ).
(I) or the LOCK (0) position without
turning off the light switch, this High Beam Indicator
indicator will remain on. A reminder
chime will also sound when you open This indicator comes on with the
the drivers door and remove the key high beam headlights. For more
from the ignition switch. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (DRL) information, see page 136 .
INDICATOR
On Touring models, this indicator This indicator also comes on with
also comes on when the light switch If this indicator comes on when the reduced brightness when the
is in AUTO and the lights turn on ignition switch is turned to the ON daytime running lights (DRL) are on
automatically. (II) position and the parking brake is (see page 138 ).
released, it means there is a problem
in the high beam headlights circuit. Fog Light Indicator
Have your vehicle checked by your On Touring models
dealer. This indicator comes on when you
turn on the fog lights. See page
138 for information on fog light
operation.

73
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Instrument Panel Indicators

Washer Level Indicator Low Fuel Indicator On Touring models


On Canadian models You will also see a FUEL LOW
message on the multi-information
display (see page 89 ).

Power Tailgate-open
Indicator
On EX-L and Touring models
This indicator comes on for a few
seconds when you turn the ignition
switch to the ON (II) position. If it
comes on at any other time, there is
LOW FUEL INDICATOR a problem in the power tailgate
WASHER LEVEL INDICATOR system. Have the system checked by
This indicator is in the fuel gauge. It your dealer as soon as possible. You
This indicator comes on when the comes on as a reminder that you can still open or close the tailgate
washer fluid level is low. Add washer must refuel soon. manually. For more information on
fluid when you see this indicator the power tailgate, see page 148 .
come on (see page 432 ). When the indicator comes on, there
is about 3.01 US gal (11.4 ) of fuel
On Canadian Touring models remaining in the tank.
You will also see a WASHER
FLUID LOW message on the multi- When the needle reaches E, there is
information display (see page 89 ). a very small amount of fuel in the
tank.

74
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Instrument Panel Indicators

U.S. Canada Cruise Main Indicator Door and Tailgate Open Indicator
Power Sliding
Door Indicator This indicator comes on when you
On EX and EX-L models turn on the cruise control system by
This indicator comes on for a few pressing the CRUISE button on the
seconds when you turn the ignition steering wheel (see page 319 ).

Instruments and Controls


switch to the ON (II) position. If it
comes on at any other time, there is Cruise Control Indicator
a problem in the power sliding door
system. With this indicator on, move This indicator comes on when you
the main switch on the dashboard to set the cruise control. See page
the OFF position, and have the 319 for information on operating the
system checked by your dealer as cruise control. The appropriate light comes on in
soon as possible. You can still open this indicator if the tailgate or any
or close each sliding door manually. Fuel Economy Indicator door is not closed tightly.
For more information on the power All the lights in the indicator come
sliding doors, see page 161 . On EX-L and Touring models on for a few seconds when you turn
While the engine is operating in its the ignition switch to the ON (II)
On Touring models most economical range, this position.
You will also see a CHECK LEFT indicator may come on and stay on.
SLIDING DOOR or CHECK It goes off when your vehicle uses On Touring models
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR message extra fuel. The door and tailgate open indicator
on the multi-information display (see also appears on the multi-information
page 89 ). display.

75
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Instrument Panel Indicators

Maintenance Minder System Message Security System Indicator


Indicator Indicator On EX, EX-L and Touring models
On LX, EX, EX-L and Canadian DX On Touring models
models This indicator comes on when there
This indicator comes on for a few is a system message on the multi-
seconds when you turn the ignition information display. Press the INFO
switch to the ON (II) position. It button on the steering wheel (see
reminds you that it is time to take page 82 ) to see the message (see
your vehicle in for scheduled page 87 ).
maintenance. The maintenance main
items and sub items will be displayed Most of the time, this indicator
in the information display. See page comes on along with other indicators
415 for more information on the in the instrument panel such as the
maintenance minder. seat belt reminder indicator, SRS SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR
indicator, VSA system indicator, etc.
This indicator goes off when your This indicator comes on when the
dealer resets it after completing the security system is set. For more
required maintenance service. information, see page 318 .

76
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Gauges

LX, EX, EX-L and Canadian DX models Temperature Gauge


This shows the temperature of the
TACHOMETER SPEEDOMETER engines coolant. During normal
operation, the pointer should rise to
about the middle of the gauge. In
severe driving conditions, the pointer

Instruments and Controls


FUEL GAUGE may rise to the upper zone. If it
reaches the red (hot) mark, pull
TEMPERATURE
GAUGE safely to the side of the road. For
instructions and precautions on
checking the engines cooling
INFORMATION DISPLAY SELECT/RESET KNOB system, see page 477 .

Touring models Fuel Gauge


This shows how much fuel you have.
TACHOMETER SPEEDOMETER It may show slightly more or less
than the actual amount. The needle
returns to the bottom after you turn
off the ignition.
FUEL GAUGE

TEMPERATURE
GAUGE Avoid driving with an extremely low
f uel level. Running out of f uel could
MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY SELECT/RESET KNOB cause the engine to misf ire, damaging
the catalytic converter.

77
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Gauges

INFORMATION DISPLAY Odometer


The odometer shows the total
ODOMETER TRIP METER A distance your vehicle has been
driven. It measures miles in U.S.
models and kilometers in Canadian
models. It is illegal under U.S.
ENGINE OIL federal law and Canadian provincial
OUTSIDE
LIFE TEMPERATURE regulations to disconnect, reset, or
INDICATOR alter the odometer with the intent to
change the number of miles or
kilometers indicated.

Trip Meter
TRIP METER B This meter shows the number of
U.S. model with outside temperature indicator is shown. miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada)
driven since you last reset it.
Information Display To switch the display, press and There are two trip meters: Trip A
On LX, EX, EX-L and Canadian DX release the select/reset knob and Trip B. Switch between these
models repeatedly. When you turn the displays by pressing the select/reset
The information display shows the ignition switch to the ON (II) knob repeatedly.
odometer, trip meter, engine oil life, position, your last selection is Each trip meter works independently,
outside temperature (if equipped), displayed. so you can keep track of two
and maintenance item code(s). different distances.
On Touring models To reset a trip meter, display it, and
For information about the multi- then press and hold the select/reset
information display, see page 81 . knob until the number resets to 0.0.

78
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Gauges

Outside Temperature Indicator In certain weather conditions, To adjust the outside temperature
On EX and EX-L models temperature readings near freezing indicator, press and hold the select/
This indicator displays the outside (32F, 0C) could mean that ice is reset knob for 10 seconds. The
temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S. forming on the road surface. following sequence will appear for 1
models) or Celsius (Canadian second each: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5, 4,
models). To see the outside If the outside temperature is 3, 2, 1, 0 (U.S.) or 0, 1, 2, 3,

Instruments and Controls


temperature, press and release the incorrectly displayed, you can adjust 3, 2, 1, 0 (Canada).
select/reset knob until the it up to 5F in U.S. models (3C
temperature is displayed. in Canadian models) warmer or When the temperature reaches the
cooler. desired value, release the select/
The temperature sensor is in the reset knob. You should see the new
front bumper. The temperature NOTE: The temperature must be outside temperature displayed.
reading can be affected by heat stabilized before doing this
reflection from the road surface, procedure.
engine heat, and the exhaust from
surrounding traffic. This can cause
an incorrect temperature reading
when your vehicle speed is under
19 mph (30 km/h). When you start
your trip, the sensor is not fully
acclimatized, therefore it may take
several minutes until the proper
temperature is displayed.

CONTINUED

79
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Gauges

Maintenance Minder Check Fuel Cap Message If the system still detects a leak in
The information display in the Your vehicles onboard diagnostic your vehicles evaporative emissions
instrument panel shows you the system will detect a loose or missing system, the malfunction indicator
engine oil life and maintenance fuel fill cap as an evaporative system lamp (MIL) comes on. If the fuel fill
service items when the ignition leak. The first time a leak is detected cap was not already tightened, turn
switch is in the ON (II) position. This a CHECK FUEL CAP message the engine off, and check or
information helps to keep you aware appears on the information display. retighten the fuel fill cap until it
of the periodic maintenance your clicks at least once. The MIL should
vehicle needs for continued trouble- Turn the engine off, and confirm the go off after several days of normal
free driving. Refer to page 415 for fuel fill cap is installed. If it is, loosen driving once the cap is tightened or
more information. it, then retighten it until it clicks at replaced. If the MIL does not go off,
least once. The message should go have your vehicle inspected by a
off after several days of normal dealer. For more information, see
driving once you tighten or replace page 480 .
the fuel fill cap. To scroll to another
display, press the select/reset knob.

The CHECK FUEL CAP message


will appear each time you restart the
engine until the system turns the
message off.

80
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

On Touring models Normal Display Messages


The multi-information display in the
instrument panel displays various
information and messages when the
ignition switch is in the ON (II)
position. Some of the messages help

Instruments and Controls


you operate your vehicle more
comfortably. Others help to keep
you aware of the periodic
maintenance your vehicle needs for
continued trouble-free driving.

You can also customize some vehicle


control settings to your liking with
the multi-information display and the When you unlock and open the If you use the key to unlock the
two buttons on the steering wheel drivers door with the remote drivers door, the display only shows
(see page 101 ). transmitter, the display shows Welcome. This means the system
Welcome DRIVER 1 or Welcome cannot recognize either DRIVER 1
DRIVER 2 depending on which or DRIVER 2. In this case, you
remote transmitter you use. The cannot use the customized settings
drivers ID is detected by the on the multi-information display (see
transmitter. For more information page 101 ).
about drivers ID, see page 149 . When you turn the ignition switch to
the ACCESSORY (I) position, the
display shows Goodbye.
CONTINUED

81
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Messages in the trip computer


include:
INFO BUTTON INST. MPG (U.S. models)/
UPPER SEGMENT
INST.L/100 km (Canadian
models): Your vehicles current
fuel mileage.

When you turn off the engine,


INST. MPG or INST. L/100 km is
also reset.

RANGE: The estimated distance


LOWER SEGMENT SEL/RESET BUTTON you can travel on the fuel
remaining in the tank. This
The multi-information display To change the display, press the distance is estimated from the fuel
consists of two segments: an upper INFO button on the steering wheel economy you received over the
segment and a lower segment. repeatedly until the desired last several miles, so it will vary
information appears (see page 84 ). with changes in speed, traffic, etc.
In normal display mode, the upper
segment displays the trip computer. When the battery is disconnected,
The lower segment displays the or you refuel, RANGE is also reset.
odometer, Trip A/B, outside
temperature, compass, and engine
oil life and maintenance message.

82
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

ELAPSED TIME: The time AVERAGE FUEL A/B: This You can customize the Trip A and
traveled since you last reset the shows your vehicles average fuel AVERAGE FUEL A reset condition
trip computer. economy in mpg (U.S. models) or on the multi-information display (see
When you turn the ignition switch /100 km (Canadian models) page 112 ).
to the ON (II) position, ELAPSED since you last reset Trip A or Trip
TIME is reset. B. When you select Trip B in the The average fuel mileage will be

Instruments and Controls


lower segment by pressing the reset when you reset the trip meter,
You can customize the ELAPSED SEL/RESET button on the or if the vehicles battery goes dead
TIME reset condition on the multi- steering wheel, or the select/reset or is disconnected.
information display (see page knob on the instrument panel,
114 ). AVERAGE FUEL B appears on
the upper segment.
AVERAGE SPEED: The average
speed you are traveling.

When you reset Trip A,


AVERAGE SPEED is also reset.

CONTINUED

83
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

If you press the INFO button while


AVERAGE FUEL is displayed, you
will see the tire pressure monitor in
both segments. This monitor is a
part of the tire pressure monitoring
system (TPMS). See page 401 for
more information.

Pressing the INFO button again


brings the display back to the initial
display of the trip computer INST.
MPG (U.S. models) or INST. L/
100 km (Canadian models).

Press the INFO button

84
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Press the

Instruments and Controls


SEL/RESET
button

In the lower segment, each time you You can also change the display by Odometer
press the SEL/RESET button on the pushing the select/reset knob in the The odometer shows the total
steering wheel, the display changes instrument panel. distance your vehicle has been
from Trip A/Odometer to Trip A/ driven. It measures miles in U.S.
Outside Temperature to Trip B/ When you turn the ignition switch to models and kilometers in Canadian
Outside Temperature to Engine the ON (II) position, your last models. It is illegal under U.S.
Oil Life, and then back to the Trip selection is displayed. federal law and Canadian provincial
A/Odometer as shown in the next regulations to disconnect, reset, or
column. alter the odometer with the intent to
change the number of miles or
kilometers indicated.

85
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Trip Meter Compass Maintenance Minder


While a trip meter is displayed, you
can change the display between
Trip A and Trip B by pressing
the SEL/RESET button on the
steering wheel, or the select/reset
knob in the instrument panel.

To reset a trip meter, display it, then


press and hold the SEL/RESET
button until the number resets to
0.0.
COMPASS MAINTENANCE
SERVICE ITEM (S) ENGINE OIL LIFE
When you reset Trip A, AVERAGE
FUEL A is reset at the same time. In the left corner of the lower The multi-information display in the
When you reset Trip B, AVERAGE segment, a compass indicates which instrument panel shows you the
FUEL B is reset. direction your vehicle is pointed. engine oil life and maintenance
service items when the ignition
You can customize the Trip A and switch is in the ON (II) position. This
AVERAGE FUEL A reset condition information helps to keep you aware
on the multi-information display (see of the periodic maintenance your
page 112 ). vehicle needs for continued trouble-
free driving. Refer to page 415 for
more information.

86
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Outside Temperature Display The temperature sensor is in the System Messages


front bumper. The temperature If there is a problem with your
reading can be affected by heat vehicle, for example, the engine oil
reflection from the road surface, level is low or a door is not fully
engine heat, and the exhaust from closed, the multi-information display
surrounding traffic. This can cause will show you the problem. It does

Instruments and Controls


an incorrect temperature reading this by interrupting the current
when your vehicle speed is under display with one or more messages.
19 mph (30 km/h). When you start
your trip, the sensor is not fully Here is a list of messages shown on
acclimatized, therefore it may take the multi-information display:
several minutes until the proper
OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY temperature is displayed.

This shows the outside temperature In certain weather conditions,


in Fahrenheit (U.S. models), or in temperature readings near freezing
Celsius (Canadian models). (32F, 0C) could mean that ice is
forming on the road surface.

You can adjust the outside


temperature on the multi-
information display (see page 110 ).

CONTINUED

87
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

See page See page


94, 362 U.S. See page 96, 479
97, 481
See page Canada See page
11, 91 96, 479
See page
95, 400 See page
See page 97, 480
21, 91 See page
94, 399 See page
97

U.S. See page See page


91, 481 34, 98
See page
Canada 100, 462

U.S. See page


93, 481
Canada : U.S. Touring PAX only

88
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

See page See page


98, 392 U.S. See page 95, 417
99, 166
See page Canada See page
96, 394 92

Instruments and Controls


See page
98, 363
U.S. See page
35, 94 See page
Canada 93

See page See page


99, 138 92

See page
U.S. See page 93
99, 160
Canada : Canadian model only

CONTINUED

89
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

You will also hear a beep when the Even if you press the INFO button,
system message comes on for the some messages stay on or come on
first time. again at regular intervals until the
problem is corrected:
Most of the messages are displayed
for about 5 seconds, and then the FASTEN SEAT BELT
normal display returns. If there are FASTEN PASSENGER SEAT
several system messages to be BELT
shown, the display switches these RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
messages every 5 seconds. WARNING: APPROACHING
OBJECT
SYSTEM MESSAGE INDICATOR To cancel the message(s) before 5 PAX SYSTEM WARNING
seconds elapsed, press the INFO (Models with PAX system)
The system message(s) triggers the button on the steering wheel.
appropriate indicator(s) on the You can see the message(s) again by
instrument panel, including the pressing the INFO button repeatedly
system message indicator, to come if the system message indicator
on. The system message indicator remains lit on the instrument panel.
does not go off until the problem(s)
is corrected.

90
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Fasten Seat Belt Door and Tailgate Open Release Parking Brake
U.S.

Instruments and Controls


Canada

In addition to the seat belt reminder If the tailgate or any door(s) is not If you start driving without releasing
indicator in the instrument panel, closed tightly, the display reminds the parking brake, the multi-
you will also see a FASTEN SEAT you to close the tailgate or the information display interrupts the
BELT or FASTEN PASSENGER door(s) before you start driving. current display and shows
SEAT BELT message. This remains This display continues until you RELEASE PARKING BRAKE.
displayed if you ignore it and do not close the door(s) or the tailgate. This message continues, and a
fasten the seat belt while driving. Pressing the INFO button on the chime sounds, until you release the
steering wheel momentarily changes parking brake, or the vehicle speed
the display to the normal display, but slows down to less than 0.5 mph (0.8
it will come back after 5 seconds. km/h).

CONTINUED

91
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Remove Key Tighten Fuel Cap replace the fuel fill cap. To scroll to
another message, press the INFO
button. The TIGHTEN FUEL CAP
message will appear each time you
restart the engine until the system
turns the message off.

If the system still detects a leak in


your vehicles evaporative emissions
system, the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) comes on. If the fuel fill
cap was not already tightened, turn
the engine off, and check or
retighten the fuel fill cap until it
If you leave the key in the ignition Your vehicles on board diagnostic clicks at least once. The MIL should
switch in the LOCK (0) or system will detect a loose or missing go off after several days of normal
ACCESSORY (I) position and open fuel fill cap as an evaporative system driving once the cap is tightened or
the drivers door, you will see leak. The first time a leak is detected replaced. If the MIL does not go off,
REMOVE KEY on the display and a TIGHTEN FUEL CAP message have your vehicle inspected by a
hear a reminder beeper. appears on the multi-information dealer. For more information, see
display. Turn the engine off, and page 480 .
confirm the fuel fill cap is installed. If
it is, loosen it, then retighten it until
it clicks at least once. The message
should go off after several days of
normal driving once you tighten or

92
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Brake Fluid Low Fuel Low Washer Fluid Low


U.S.

Instruments and Controls


Canada

If the brake fluid level is at or below If the level of the fuel in the tank On Canadian Touring model only
the MIN mark on the side of the gets low, you will see FUEL LOW If the fluid level in the windshield
brake fluid reservoir in the engine on the multi-information display, and washer reservoir gets low, you will
compartment, you will see BRAKE you must refuel soon. The low fuel see WASHER FLUID LOW on the
FLUID LOW. If you see this indicator on the instrument panel will multi-information display.
message, have the brake system also come on.
checked by your dealer (see page
481 ).

CONTINUED

93
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Passenger Side Airbag Off Check Tire Pressure Warning: Approaching Object

U.S.

Canada

If the passengers side airbag has If one or more of your vehicle tires This message, and the indicator to
automatically shut off, you will see are low on pressure, you will see a the left of the message, is part of the
PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG OFF CHECK TIRE PRESSURE parking sensor system. If you are
on the multi-information display. See message on the display. See page approaching too close to an object,
page 35 for more information. 399 for more information on the tire you will see WARNING:
pressure monitoring system (TPMS). APPROACHING OBJECT on the
display and hear a beeper. See page
362 for more information.

94
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Maintenance Messages Have your dealer do the indicated Check TPMS System
maintenance as soon as you see this
message, and have them reset the
display after completing the service.

If you do not perform the indicated

Instruments and Controls


maintenance or do not reset the
display, the message changes to
SERVICE PAST DUE when the
engine oil life becomes 0%.

These messages appear on the multi-


information display each time you
turn the ignition switch to the ON
When the engine oil life reaches 15%, (II) position. If there is a problem in the tire
the display shows SERVICE DUE pressure monitoring system (TPMS),
SOON and the code for the For details on engine oil life and you will see CHECK TPMS
maintenance items to be performed. maintenance messages, refer to page SYSTEM on the multi-information
417 . display. If you see this message, the
When the engine oil life reaches 5%, TPMS is not monitoring tire
the display shows SERVICE DUE Also refer to page 414 for important pressures. Have the TPMS checked
NOW along with the same maintenance safety precautions. by your dealer as soon as possible
maintenance items. (see page 403 ).

CONTINUED

95
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Check VSA System Check Engine Oil Level Check Charging System

If there is a problem with the vehicle If the engine oil is very low or has If you see CHECK CHARGING
stability assist (VSA) system, you lost pressure, you will see CHECK SYSTEM on the multi-information
will see CHECK VSA SYSTEM on ENGINE OIL LEVEL on the multi- display, it means the battery is not
the multi-information display. If you information display. You will also see being charged. See page 479 for
see this message, have the VSA the low oil pressure indicator in the more information.
system checked by your dealer (see instrument panel flashing or staying
page 394 ). on. If you see this message, you
should take immediate action since
serious engine damage is possible.
Follow the procedure on page 479 .

96
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Check Emission System Check Brake System Check Transmission


U.S.

Instruments and Controls


Canada

If you see CHECK EMISSION If there is a problem with the brake If there is a problem with the
SYSTEM on the multi-information system, you will see CHECK automatic transmission, you will see
display, it means one of the engines BRAKE SYSTEM on the multi- CHECK TRANSMISSION on the
emission systems may have a information display. The parking multi-information display. Avoid
problem. Have your vehicle checked brake and brake system indicator in rapid acceleration, and have the
by your dealer (see page 480 ). the instrument panel will also come transmission checked by a dealer as
on. See page 481 for more soon as possible.
information.

CONTINUED

97
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Check ABS System Check Airbag System Check Parking Sensor System

If there is a problem in the anti-lock If there is a problem with your front If there is a problem with the
brake system (ABS), you will see airbags, side airbags, passengers parking sensor system, the multi-
CHECK ABS SYSTEM on the side airbag automatic cutoff system, information display shows a
multi-information display. If you see automatic seat belt tensioners, side CHECK PARKING SENSOR
this message, have your vehicle curtain airbags, drivers seat position SYSTEM message. See page
checked by a dealer (see page 392 ). sensor, or the front passengers 363 for more information.
weight sensors, you will see
CHECK AIRBAG SYSTEM on the
multi-information display. Take your
vehicle to a dealer as soon as
possible (see page 34 ).

98
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Check Left/Right Sliding Door Check Power Tailgate Check DRL System
U.S. U.S.

Instruments and Controls


Canada Canada

If there is a problem with either If there is a problem with the power If you see a CHECK DRL
power sliding door, the multi- tailgate, the display shows CHECK SYSTEM message on the multi-
information display shows CHECK POWER TAILGATE. See page information display, there is a
LEFT SLIDING DOOR or CHECK 158 for more information. problem in the high beam headlights
RIGHT SLIDING DOOR. See page circuit. Take your vehicle to a dealer
166 for more information. to have it checked.

CONTINUED

99
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

PAX Warning Messages

U.S. models with the Michelin PAX For more information, see page 462 .
system
Your vehicle is equipped with the
Michelin PAX system. The PAX
system uses the multi-information
display to show you one of three
messages while you are driving with
a flat tire.

100
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Customized Settings You cannot customize the settings The first customizing menu is:
With the ignition switch in the ON under these conditions: CHANGE SETTING
(II) position, press and hold the DEFAULT ALL
INFO button for more than 3 If you turn the ignition switch to
seconds. CUSTOMIZE ENTRY the ACCESSORY (I) or the LOCK If you want to change any vehicle
appears on the multi-information (0) position. control settings, select CHANGE

Instruments and Controls


display. SETTING, and follow the
If you move the shift lever out of instructions on page 106 .
You can customize some vehicle Park.
control settings for DRIVER 1 and If you want the settings as they were
DRIVER 2 separately. You can cancel each custom setting when the vehicle left the factory,
(Driver 1, Driver 2). Press and hold select DEFAULT ALL, as
To have the drivers ID detected, the LOCK and SLIDING DOOR described on page104.
make sure you use your transmitter button (passengers side) at the
to unlock the drivers door. same time until the LED in the Use the INFO button on the steering
remote transmitter blinks twice. At wheel to see the settings, and the
If you use the key to unlock the this time, the custom setting is SEL/RESET button to enter your
drivers door, the system cannot changed to the default setting. To selections.
recognize either DRIVER 1 or activate each custom setting (Driver
DRIVER 2. In this case, when you 1, Driver 2), repeat this procedure. Refer to the table on the following
try to enter the customizing mode, The LED will blink for 1 second to pages about the settings you want to
DRIVER UNKNOWN indicate the custom setting has been customize.
CUSTOMIZE IMPOSSIBLE will be activated.
displayed, and you cannot customize
the settings.
CONTINUED

101
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Group Setup Menu Item Description Setting Option Page


METER SETUP LANGUAGE Changes the language used in the display. ENGLISH 108
(P. 107) SELECTION FRENCH
SPANISH
ADJUST OUTSIDE Changes the outside temperature reading above or 5F0F5F (U.S.) 110
TEMP. DISPLAY below its current reading. 3C0C3C
(Canada)
TRIP A RESET WITH Causes trip meter A and the average fuel economy to ON 112
REFUEL reset when you refuel. OFF
ELAPSED TIME Resets the elapsed time of your current trip. IGN RESET 114
RESET TRIP A RESET
TRIP B RESET
POSITION SETUP MEMORY POSITION Changes the drivers seat to a stored setting. ON 116
(P. 116) LINK OFF
LIGHTING INTERIOR LIGHT Changes how long (in seconds) the interior lights stay 15 sec 118
SETUP DIMMING TIME on after you close the doors. 30 sec
(P. 118) 60 sec
HEADLIGHT AUTO Changes how long (in seconds) the exterior lights 0 sec 120
OFF TIMER stay on after you close the drivers door. 15 sec
30 sec
60 sec

: Default setting

102
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Group Setup Menu Item Description Setting Option Page


DOOR WINDOW AUTO DOOR LOCK Changes when the doors automatically lock. SHIFT FROM P 123
SETUP WITH VEHICLE SPEED
(P. 122) OFF
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK Changes when the doors automatically unlock. DRIVERS DOOR WITH 125

Instruments and Controls


SHIFT TO P
ALL DOORS WITH SHIFT
TO P
DRIVERS DOOR WITH
IGN OFF
ALL DOORS WITH IGN
OFF
OFF
KEYLESS LOCK The exterior lights flash each time you press the ON 127
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT LOCK or UNLOCK button. A beeper will also sound OFF
when you press the LOCK button twice.
SECURITY RELOCK Changes how long it takes (in seconds) for the doors 30 sec 129
TIMER to relock and the security system to set after you 60 sec
unlock and do not open the door. 90 sec
WIPER SETUP FRONT WIPER Changes the wiper operation between two settings WITH VEH SPD 131
(P. 131) ACTION when the wiper switch is in the INT position. INTERMITTENT
DEFAULT ALL Changes all the customized settings as they were OK 104
when the vehicle left the factory. CANCEL

: Default setting

103
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

DEFAULT ALL

To enter the customizing mode, To set the default settings, select When DEFAULT ALL is
press and hold the INFO button for OK by pressing the INFO button, completed successfully, you will see
more than 3 seconds. Then select then press the SEL/RESET button. the above display for several seconds,
DEFAULT ALL by pressing the and the display will return to
INFO button. CUSTOMIZE ENTRY.

Press the SEL/RESET button to


enter DEFAULT ALL.

104
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls


If DEFAULT ALL is not completed If you want to cancel DEFAULT
successfully, you will see the above ALL, select CANCEL, then press
display for several seconds, then the the SEL/RESET button. The display
display goes back to the normal goes back to CUSTOMIZE ENTRY.
message mode. Repeat the
procedure to select DEFAULT ALL.

105
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Change Setting
You can customize some of the
vehicle control settings to your
preference. Here are the settings
you can customize:

METER SETUP (see page 107 ) Press the SEL/RESET button


POSITION SETUP (see page
116 )
LIGHTING SETUP (see page
118 )
DOOR WINDOW SETUP (see
page 122 )
WIPER SETUP (see page 131 )
While the multi-information display
is showing CHANGE SETTING,
press the SEL/RESET button. The
display will change to the initial
display of CUSTOMIZE GROUP.
Then, each time you press the INFO
button, the display changes as shown
in the next column.
Press the INFO button until you see
the setup you want to customize, and
press the SEL/RESET button to
enter your selection. Press the INFO button

106
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Meter Setup
There are four custom settings items Press the INFO button
in the Meter Setup:

LANGUAGE SELECTION (see


page108 )

Instruments and Controls


ADJUST OUTSIDE TEMP.
DISPLAY (see page110 )
TRIP A RESET WITH REFUEL
(see page 112 )
ELAPSED TIME RESET (see
page 114 )
While METER SETUP is displayed,
press the SEL/RESET button on the
steering wheel. Then, press the
INFO button repeatedly. Each time
you press the INFO button, the
display changes as shown.
To customize a setting, press the
INFO button repeatedly until you see
the setting, and press the SEL/
RESET button. Then, follow the
procedures described on the
following pages.

CONTINUED

107
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Language Selection

While the multi-information display There are three selectable languages, Select the language you want by
is showing METER SETUP, press English, French, and Spanish. Each pressing the INFO button, and press
the SEL/RESET button on the time you press the INFO button, the the SEL/RESET button to enter
steering wheel. The display changes display changes as shown. your selection.
to LANGUAGE SELECTION.
Press the SEL/RESET button again
to enter the language selection mode.

108
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls


When language selection is If you fail to select a language To exit LANGUAGE SELECTION,
successfully completed, the display properly, you will see the above press the INFO button repeatedly
changes to the screen shown above display for several seconds, then the until you see EXIT, then press the
for several seconds, then goes back display goes back to CUSTOMIZE SEL/RESET button. The display
to CUSTOMIZE MENU. MENU. Repeat the setup. goes back to CUSTOMIZE MENU.

All messages on the multi-


information display will be shown in
the language you selected.

CONTINUED

109
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Adjust Outside Temp. Display


If you find that the temperature
reading is always a few degrees
below or above the actual
temperature, adjust it as described
on the following columns.

While the multi-information display Press the SEL/RESET button. The


shows METER SETUP, press the display changes as shown above.
SEL/RESET button on the steering The highlighted number is the
wheel. The display changes to the current adjustment above or below
CUSTOMIZE MENU. Press the the outside temperature. Press the
INFO button once, and you will see INFO button repeatedly until the
ADJ. OUTSIDE TEMP. DISPLAY appropriate number appears, then
as shown above. press the SEL/RESET button to
enter your selection.

110
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls


When your selection is successfully If you fail to enter the desired To exit ADJ. OUTSIDE TEMP.
entered, you will see the above adjustment properly, you will see the DISPLAY, press the INFO button
display for several seconds, and then above display for several seconds, until you see EXIT, and press the
the display changes back to then the display goes back to SEL/RESET button. The display
CUSTOMIZE MENU. CUSTOMIZE MENU. Repeat the goes back to CUSTOMIZE MENU.
adjustment.

CONTINUED

111
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Trip A Reset with Refuel


To cause Trip meter A and
Average Fuel Economy to reset
every time you refuel your vehicle,
adjust it as described on the
following pages.

While the multi-information display Press the SEL/RESET button. The


shows METER SETUP of the display changes as shown above.
CUSTOMIZE GROUP, press the The lower segment changes
SEL/RESET button on the steering between ON and OFF each time
wheel. The display changes to you press the INFO button. Enter
CUSTOMIZE MENU. Press the your selection by pressing the SEL/
INFO button repeatedly until you see RESET button.
TRIP A RESET WITH REFUEL. in
the lower segment as shown above.

112
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls


When your selection is successfully If you fail to enter your selection, To exit TRIP A RESET WITH
entered, you will see the above you will see the above display for REFUEL, press the INFO button
display for several seconds, and then several seconds, then the display until you see EXIT, and press the
the display goes back to goes back to CUSTOMIZE MENU. SEL/RESET button. The display
CUSTOMIZE MENU. Repeat the setup. goes back to CUSTOMIZE MENU.

CONTINUED

113
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Elapsed Time Reset


There are three possible settings:

IGN RESET: The elapsed time


resets each time the ignition switch
is turned to the ON (II) position.

TRIP A RESET: The elapsed time


resets each time the TRIP A is reset.

TRIP B RESET: The elapsed time


resets each time the TRIP B is reset.

While the multi-information display Press the SEL/RESET button. The


shows METER SETUP of the display changes as shown above.
CUSTOMIZE GROUP, press the
SEL/RESET button on the steering Press the INFO button repeatedly
wheel. The display changes to until the desired condition appears,
CUSTOMIZE MENU. Press the then press the SEL/RESET button
INFO button repeatedly until you see to enter your selection.
ELAPSED TIME RESET in the
lower segment as shown above.

114
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls


When your selection is entered, you If you fail to enter your selection, To exit ELAPSED TIME RESET,
will see the above display for several you will see the above display for press the INFO button until you see
seconds, and the display goes back several seconds, and the display goes EXIT, then press the SEL/RESET
to CUSTOMIZE MENU. back to CUSTOMIZE MENU. button.
Repeat the setup.

115
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Position Setup Memory Position Setup


If MEMORY POSITION LINK is
ON, the drivers seat and outside
mirrors move to the positions stored
in the memory when you open the
drivers door, using the remote
transmitter.

Refer to page 184 for setting the seat


position memory. Also refer to page
149 for remote transmitter use.

While the multi-information display Press the SEL/RESET button. The


shows POSITION SETUP, press display changes as shown above.
the SEL/RESET button on the
steering wheel. The display changes Select ON or OFF by pressing
to MEMORY POSITION LINK as the INFO button, and enter your
shown above. selection by pressing the SEL/
RESET button.

116
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls


When your selection is entered, you If you fail to enter your selection, To exit MEMORY POSITION
will see the above display for several you will see the above display for LINK, press the INFO button until
seconds, then the display goes back several seconds, and the display goes you see EXIT, then press the SEL/
to CUSTOMIZE MENU. back to CUSTOMIZE MENU. RESET button.
Repeat the setup.

117
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Lighting Setup Interior Light Dimming Time


There are two custom settings in the
Lighting Setup:

INTERIOR LIGHT
DIMMING TIME (see next
column)
HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF TIMER
(see page 120 )

While the LIGHTING SETUP is


displayed, press the SEL/RESET
button on the steering wheel. Each
time you press the INFO button, the
display changes between The interior lights fade out when you Press the SEL/RESET button. The
INTERIOR LIGHT DIMMING close all doors. You can change the display changes as shown above.
TIME and HEADLIGHT AUTO time that the interior lights fade out.
OFF TIMER. To make your Each time you press the INFO
selection, press the SEL/RESET While the multi-information display button, the highlighted number
button. shows LIGHTING SETUP, press changes from 15 sec, to 30 sec,
the SEL/RESET button on the and then to 60 sec. To make your
steering wheel. The display changes selection, press the SEL/RESET
to INTERIOR LIGHT DIMMING button.
TIME as shown above.

118
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls


When your selection is entered, you If you fail to enter your selection, To exit INTERIOR LIGHT
will see the above display for several you will see the above display for DIMMING TIME, press the INFO
seconds, and then the display goes several seconds, and the display goes button until you see EXIT, then
back to CUSTOMIZE MENU. back to CUSTOMIZE MENU. press the SEL/RESET button.
Repeat the setup.

119
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Headlight Auto Off Timer


The headlights, parking lights,
taillights, and license plate light turn
off after the selected time when you
remove the key from the ignition
switch and close the drivers door.

While the multi-information display Press the SEL/RESET button. The


shows LIGHTING SETUP, press display changes as shown above.
the SEL/RESET button on the
steering wheel. Then press the Each time you press the INFO
INFO button to display button, the highlighted number
HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF TIMER changes from 0 sec, to 15 sec, to
as shown above. 30 sec, and then to 60 sec.
Press the INFO button repeatedly
until the desired time appears, then
press the SEL/RESET button to
enter your selection.

120
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Instruments and Controls


When your selection is entered, you If you fail to enter your selection, To exit HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF
will see the above display for several you will see the above display for TIMER, press the INFO button
seconds, and then the display goes several seconds, and the display goes until you see EXIT, then press the
back to CUSTOMIZE MENU. back to CUSTOMIZE MENU. SEL/RESET button.
Repeat the setup.

121
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Door Window Setup


There are three custom settings in
the Door Window Setup:

AUTO DOOR LOCK (see page


123 )
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK (see
page 125 )
KEYLESS LOCK
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT (see
page 127 )
SECURITY RELOCK TIMER (see
page 129 )
While the multi-information display Press the INFO
button
shows DOOR WINDOW SETUP,
press the SEL/RESET button on the
steering wheel. Each time you press
the INFO button, the display
changes as shown in the next
column.
To customize a setting, press the
INFO button repeatedly until you see
the setting you want to customize,
and press the SEL/RESET button.
Then follow the procedures
described on the following pages.

122
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Auto Door Lock


There are three settings you can
choose from:

OFF
The auto door lock mode is

Instruments and Controls


deactivated all the time.

VEHICLE SPEED The doors lock


when the vehicle speed reaches 9
mph (15 km/h).

SHIFT FROM P
The doors lock whenever you move While the multi-information display Press the SEL/RESET button. The
the shift lever out of Park. shows DOOR WINDOW SETUP display changes as shown above.
press the SEL/RESET button on the
steering wheel. The display changes Press the INFO button repeatedly
to AUTO DOOR LOCK as shown until the desired condition appears,
above. then press the SEL/RESET button
to enter your selection.

CONTINUED

123
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

When your selection is entered, you If you fail to enter your selection, To exit AUTO DOOR LOCK,
will see the above display for several you will see the above display for press the INFO button until you see
seconds, and then the display goes several seconds, and the display goes EXIT, then press the SEL/RESET
back to CUSTOMIZE MENU. back to CUSTOMIZE MENU. button.
Repeat the setup.

124
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Auto Door Unlock


There are three settings you can
choose from:

SHIFT TO P The drivers door or


all the doors unlock when you move

Instruments and Controls


the shift lever to Park.

IGN OFF The drivers door or all


the doors unlock when you turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK (0)
position.

OFF The auto door unlock mode While the multi-information display Press the SEL/RESET button. The
is deactivated all the time. shows DOORWINDOW SETUP, display changes as shown above.
press the SEL/RESET button on the
steering wheel. Then press the Press the INFO button repeatedly
INFO button once. The display until the desired condition appears,
changes to AUTO DOOR and press the SEL/RESET button to
UNLOCK as shown above. enter your selection.

CONTINUED

125
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

When your selection is entered, you If you fail to enter your selection, To exit AUTO DOOR UNLOCK,
will see the above display for several you will see the above display for press the INFO button until you see
seconds, and then the display goes several seconds, and the display goes EXIT, then press the SEL/RESET
back to CUSTOMIZE MENU. back to CUSTOMIZE MENU. button.
Repeat the setup.

126
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Keyless Lock Acknowledgement


When you press the UNLOCK
button on the remote transmitter to
unlock the doors and the tailgate, the
exterior lights blink twice to verify
that the doors and the tailgate are

Instruments and Controls


unlocked and the security system is
turned off.

When you push the LOCK button on


the remote transmitter, some
exterior lights flash, and a beeper
sounds when you push the LOCK
button again within 5 seconds to While the multi-information display Press the SEL/RESET button. The
verify that the doors and the tailgate shows DOORWINDOW SETUP, display changes as shown above.
are locked and the security system press the SEL/RESET button on the
has set (see page 318 ). You can steering wheel. Then press the Each time you press the INFO
customize the exterior lights not to INFO button repeatedly until you see button, the display changes to ON,
flash and the beeper not to sound. KEYLESS LOCK to OFF, then to EXIT.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT as shown
above. Select ON or OFF by pressing
the INFO button, and enter your
selection by pressing the SEL/
RESET button.

CONTINUED

127
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

When your selection is entered, you If you fail to enter your selection, To exit KEYLESS LOCK
will see the above display for several you will see the above display for ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, press the
seconds, and then the display several seconds, and the display goes INFO button until you see EXIT,
changes to CUSTOMIZE MENU. back to CUSTOMIZE MENU. then press the SEL/RESET button.
Repeat the setup.

128
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Security Relock Timer


If you unlock the doors and the
tailgate with the remote transmitter,
but do not open any of the doors or
the tailgate within 30 seconds, the
doors and the tailgate automatically

Instruments and Controls


relock and the security system sets.

You can change this relock time


from 30 seconds to 60 or 90 seconds.

While the multi-information display Press the SEL/RESET button, then


shows DOORWINDOW SETUP, press the INFO button.
press the SEL/RESET button on the
steering wheel. Then press the Select the desired relock time by
INFO button repeatedly until you see pressing the INFO button, and enter
SECURITY RELOCK TIMER as your selection by pressing the SEL/
shown above. RESET button.

CONTINUED

129
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

When your selection is entered, you If you fail to enter your selection, To exit SECURITY RELOCK
will see the above display for several you will see the above display for TIMER, press the INFO button
seconds, and then the display goes several seconds, and the display goes until you see EXIT, then press the
back to CUSTOMIZE MENU. back to CUSTOMIZE MENU. SEL/RESET button.
Repeat the setup.

130
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

Wiper Setup Front Wiper Action


You can select from these two
settings when the wiper switch is in
the INT (intermittent) position:

WITH VEH SPD The intermittent

Instruments and Controls


operation varies according to vehicle
speed.

INTERMITTENT The
intermittent operation varies
according to the selection you make
on the wiper levers intermittent
control ring.
With WIPER SETUP shown on the Press the SEL/RESET button. The
multi-information display, press the display changes as shown above.
SEL/RESET button on the steering
wheel. The display changes to Press the INFO button to select
FRONT WIPER ACTION as WITH VEH SPD or
shown above. INTERMITTENT, and enter your
selection by pressing the SEL/
RESET button.

CONTINUED

131
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Multi-Information Display

When your selection is entered, you If you fail to enter your selection, To exit FRONT WIPER ACTION,
will see the above display for several you will see the above display for press the INFO button until you see
seconds, and then the display goes several seconds, and the display goes EXIT, then press the SEL/RESET
back to CUSTOMIZE MENU. back to CUSTOMIZE MENU. button.
Repeat the setup.

132
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Controls Near the Steering Wheel

PEDAL POSITION HEADLIGHTS/TURN SIGNAL/ WINDSHIELD WIPERS/WASHERS (P.134)


ADJUSTMENT SWITCH3 FOG LIGHTS3 (P.135, 138) REAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER (P.135)
(P.193) CRUISE CONTROL
BUTTONS (P.319)
POWER SLIDING DOOR CLOCK3

Instruments and Controls


SWITCH3 (P.162) (P.281)

MOONROOF SWITCH3 PASSENGER


(P.189) AIRBAG OFF
INDICATOR
(P.35)
REMOTE AUDIO
CONTROL BUTTONS3
(P.282) HAZARD WARNING
BUTTON
POWER TAILGATE (P.140)
SWITCH3 (P.158)/
VEHICLE STABILITY
ASSIST (VSA) OFF AUDIO SYSTEM/
SWITCH (P.395) REAR
ENTERTAINMENT
PARKING SENSOR NAVIGATION HORN1 SYSTEM3
SYSTEM SWITCH3 SYSTEM (P.221, 285)
(P.352) BUTTONS2 LIGHT CONTROL
SWITCH (P.205)
VEHICLE STABILITY BLUETOOTH STEERING WHEEL REAR WINDOW
ASSIST (VSA) OFF HANDSFREELINK ADJUSTMENT MULTI-INFORMATION DEFOGGER BUTTON
SWITCH (P.395) 3
BUTTONS (P.327) (P.141) BUTTONS3 (P.82) (P.140)

1: To use the horn, press the center pad of the steering wheel.
2: Only on vehicles equipped with navigation system. Refer to the navigation system manual.
3: If equipped
133
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Windshield Wipers and Washers

MIST The wipers run at high Windshield Washer Pull the


speed until you release the lever. wiper control lever toward you, and
hold it. The washers spray until you
OFF The wipers are not activated. release the lever. The wipers run at
low speed, then complete one more
INT The length of the wipe sweep after you release the lever.
interval is varied automatically
according to vehicles speed. On Touring models
You can customize some windshield
Vary the delay by turning the wiper settings. See page 131 for
ADJUSTMENT RING adjustment ring. If you turn it to the more information.
shortest delay ( position), the
wipers change to low speed
1. MIST operation when the vehicle speed
2. OFF exceeds 12 mph (20 km/h).
3. INT Intermittent
4. LO Low speed LO The wipers run at low speed.
5. HI High speed
6. Windshield washers HI The wipers run at high speed.

Push the right lever up or down to


select a position.

134
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Windshield Wipers and Washers, Turn Signal and Headlights

Rear Window Wiper and Washer When you shift the transmission to Turn Signal and Headlights
the reverse position with the front
windshield wipers activated, the rear
window wiper operates automatically.

When the wiper control lever is

Instruments and Controls


positioned as follows:

INT The rear window wiper


operates intermittently.

LO or HI The rear window wiper


operates continuously.

1. To turn on the rear window wiper, 1. Turn signal


rotate the switch clockwise to ON. 2. Off
It operates intermittently. 3. Parking and indicator lights
2. Hold past ON to turn the window 4. AUTO (Touring models)
wiper on and the window washer 5. Headlights on
on. 6. High beams
3. OFF 7. Flash high beams
4. Rotate the switch 8. Fog lights off (Touring models)
counterclockwise to spray the 9. Fog lights on (Touring models)
window washer.

135
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Turn Signal, Headlights

Turn Signal Push down on the Headlights The rotating switch If you leave the lights on with the
lever to signal a left turn and up to on the left lever controls the lights. key removed from the ignition
signal a right turn. To signal a lane Turning this switch to the switch, you will hear a reminder
change, push lightly on the lever, position turns on the parking lights, chime when you open the drivers
and hold it. The lever will return to taillights, instrument panel lights, door.
center when you release it or side-marker lights, and rear license
complete a turn. plate lights. High Beams To switch from low
beams to high beams, push the left
Turning the switch to the lever forward until you hear a click.
position turns on the headlights. The high beam indicator will come
on (see page 73 ). Pull it back to
When the light switch is in the return to low beams. To flash the
or position, the high beams, pull the lever back
lights on indicator comes on as a lightly, then release it. The high
reminder. This indicator stays on if beams will stay on as long as you
you leave the light switch on and hold the lever back.
turn the ignition switch to the
ACCESSORY (I) or the LOCK (0)
position.

136
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Headlights

On Touring models The lights turn off automatically SENSOR


AUTO The automatic lighting when you turn the ignition switch to
feature turns on the headlights, all the LOCK (0) position. To turn them
other exterior lights, and the on again, either turn the ignition
instrument panel lights when it switch to the ON (II) position, or
senses low ambient light. turn the light switch to the

Instruments and Controls


position.
To turn on the automatic lighting, Even with the automatic lighting
turn the light switch to the AUTO feature turned on, we recommend
position at any time. The lights will that you turn on the lights manually
come on automatically when the when driving at night or in a dense
outside light level becomes low (at fog, or when you enter dark areas
dusk, for example). The lights on such as long tunnels or parking
indicator comes on as a reminder. facilities. The automatic lighting feature is
The lights and indicator turn off controlled by a sensor located on top
automatically when the system of the dashboard. Do not cover this
senses high ambient light. sensor or spill liquids on it.

137
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Headlights

Fog Lights Automatic Lighting Off Feature The lights turn on again when you
On Touring models On EX, EX-L and Touring models only unlock or open the drivers door.
Turn the fog lights on and off by This turns off the headlights, If you unlock the door, but do not
turning the switch next to the parking lights, taillights, side marker open it within 15 seconds, the lights
headlight switch. lights, license plate lights, and go off. With the drivers door open,
instrument panel lights within 15 you will hear a lights-on reminder
You can use the fog lights only when seconds of removing the key from chime.
the headlights are on low beam. the ignition switch and closing the

They will go off when the headlights drivers door. On the Touring models, this time is
are turned off. changeable. See page 118 for how to
This feature activates if you leave select and set the time.
Daytime Running Lights the headlight switch in the or
With the headlight switch off, the position, remove the key, then
high beam headlights and the high open and close the drivers door.
beam indicator come on with If you remove the key from the
reduced brightness when you turn ignition switch with the headlight
the ignition switch to the ON (II) switch on, but do not open the door
position and release the parking and get out, the lights turn off after
brake. They remain on until you turn 10 minutes.
the ignition switch off, even if you
set the parking brake.

The headlights revert to normal


operation when you turn them on
with the switch.

138
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Instrument Panel Brightness

Touring model is shown. To reduce glare at night, the


instrument panel illumination dims
when you turn the light switch to
or . Turning the select/
reset knob to the right until you hear
a beep will cancel the reduced

Instruments and Controls


brightness.

BRIGHTNESS LEVEL
SELECT/RESET KNOB

The select/reset knob on the The level of brightness is shown on


instrument panel controls the the multi-information display
brightness of the instrument panel (Touring models) or on the
lights. Turn the knob to adjust the information display (LX, EX, EX-L
brightness. and Canadian DX models) while you
Separate adjustments can be made adjust it. It goes out 5 seconds after
when the headlights are on and off. you finish adjusting.

You will hear a beep when maximum


or minimum brightness is reached.
You will also hear a beep when the
maximum level is canceled by
turning the knob a click to the left.

139
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Hazard Warning Button, Rear Window Defogger

Hazard Warning Button Rear Window Defogger

LX and Canadian DX models EX, EX-L and Touring models

Push the button between the center The rear window defogger will clear Make sure the rear window is clear
vents to turn on the hazard warning fog, frost, and thin ice from the and you have good visibility before
lights (four-way flashers). This window. Push the defogger button to starting to drive.
causes all outside turn signals and turn it on and off. The indicator in
both indicators in the instrument the button comes on to show the The defogger wires on the inside of
panel to flash. Use the hazard defogger is on. It shuts off when you the rear window can be accidentally
warning lights if you need to park in turn off the ignition. You have to damaged. When cleaning the glass,
a dangerous area near heavy traffic, turn the defogger on again when you always wipe side-to-side.
or if your vehicle is disabled. restart the vehicle.

140
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Steering Wheel Adjustment

Make any steering wheel adjustment 3. Push the lever up to lock the
before you start driving. steering wheel in position.

4. Make sure you have securely


locked the steering wheel in place
Adjusting the steering wheel by trying to move it up, down, in,

Instruments and Controls


position while driving may and out.
cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured
in a crash.

Adjust the steering wheel only


when the vehicle is stopped.
1. Push the lever under the steering
column all the way down.

2. Move the steering wheel so it


points toward your chest, not
toward your face. Make sure you
can see the instrument panel
gauges and indicators.

141
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Keys and Locks

EX, EX-L and Touring models LX and Canadian DX models These keys contain electronic
circuits that are activated by the
KEY MASTER VALET KEY KEY MASTER KEYS VALET KEY
NUMBER KEYS (Gray) NUMBER WITH REMOTE (Gray) immobilizer system. They will not
TAG (Black) TAG TRANSMITTER work to start the engine if the
circuits are damaged.

Protect the keys from direct


sunlight, high temperature, and
high humidity.

Do not drop the keys or set heavy


objects on them.

The master key fits all the locks on You should have received a key Keep the keys away from liquids.
your vehicle. The valet key works number tag with your keys. You will If they get wet, dry them
only in the ignition and the door need this key number if you ever immediately with a soft cloth.
locks. You can keep the glove box have to get a lost key replaced. Use
locked when you leave your vehicle only Honda-approved key blanks. The keys without a remote
and the valet key at a parking facility. transmitter do not contain batteries.
Do not try to take them apart.

142
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Immobilizer System

The immobilizer system protects The system may not recognize your As required by the FCC:
your vehicle from theft. If an keys coding if another immobilizer This device complies with Part 15 of the
improperly coded key (or other key or other metal object (i.e. key FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
device) is used, the engine will not fob) is near the ignition switch when following two conditions: (1) This device
start. you insert the key. may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any

Instruments and Controls


When you turn the ignition switch to If the system repeatedly does not interference received, including
the ON (II) position, the immobilizer recognize the coding of your key, interference that may cause undesired
system indicator should come on for contact your dealer. operation.
a few seconds, then go off. If the
indicator starts to blink, it means the Do not attempt to alter this system Changes or modifications not expressly
system does not recognize the or add other devices to it. Electrical approved by the party responsible for
coding of the key. Turn the ignition problems could result that may make compliance could void the users
switch to the LOCK (0) position, your vehicle inoperable. authority to operate the equipment.
remove the key, reinsert it, and turn
the ignition switch to the ON (II) If you have lost your key and you This device complies with Industry
position again. cannot start the engine, contact your Canada Standard RSS-210.
dealer. Operation is subject to the following two
This indicator also blinks several conditions: (1) this device may not cause
times when you turn the ignition interference, and (2) this device must
switch from the ON (II) position to accept any interference that may cause
the ACCESSORY (I) or LOCK (0) Always take the ignition key with you undesired operation of the device.
position. whenever you leave the vehicle alone.

143
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Ignition Switch

LOCK (0) You can insert or START (III) Use this position
remove the key only in this position. only to start the engine. The switch
To turn the key to the LOCK (0) returns to the ON (II) position when
position, the shift lever must be in you let go of the key.
Park, and you must push the key in
slightly. You will hear a reminder beeper if
you leave the key in the ignition
If the front wheels are turned, the switch in the LOCK (0) or the
anti-theft lock may make it difficult ACCESSORY (I) position and open
to turn the key. Firmly turn the the drivers door. Remove the key to
steering wheel to the left or right as turn off the beeper.
you turn the key.
On Touring models
The ignition switch has four ACCESSORY (I) You can You will also see a REMOVE KEY
positions: LOCK (0), ACCESSORY operate the audio system and the message on the multi-information
(I), ON (II), and START (III). accessory power sockets in this display (see page 89 ).
position.
The shift lever must be in Park
ON (II) This is the normal key before you can remove the key from
position when driving. Several of the the ignition switch.
indicators on the instrument panel
come on as a test when you turn the
ignition switch from the
ACCESSORY (I) to the ON (II)
position.

144
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Remote Transmitter

On LX and Canadian DX models UNLOCK Press this button once PANIC Press and hold this
to unlock the drivers door. Press it button for about 1 second to attract
UNLOCK LOCK twice to unlock the other doors and attention; the horn will sound, and
BUTTON BUTTON the tailgate. Some exterior lights will the exterior lights will flash for about
flash twice each time you press the 30 seconds. To cancel panic mode,
button. If you do not open any door press any other button on the remote

Instruments and Controls


or the tailgate within 30 seconds, transmitter, or turn the ignition
they will automatically relock. switch to the ON (II) position. Panic
mode does not work when the key is
When you press the UNLOCK in the ignition switch.
button, the front and rear individual
PANIC map lights, depending on their
BUTTON switch positions, will come on (see
page 205 ). If you do not open any
LOCK Press this button once to door, the lights stay on for about 30
lock all doors and the tailgate. Some seconds, then go out. If you relock
exterior lights will flash once. When the doors and the tailgate with the
you push LOCK twice within 5 remote transmitter before 30
seconds, you will hear a beep to seconds have elapsed, the lights will
verify that the security system has go off immediately.
set. You cannot lock the doors and
the tailgate if any door or the tailgate
is not fully closed or the key is in the
ignition switch.

145
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Remote Transmitter

Replacing the Transmitter Battery 4. Remove the old battery from the
back of the inner cover, and note
the polarity. Make sure the
polarity of the new battery is the
same ( side facing down), then
insert it into the back of the cover.
BATTERY
An improperly disposed of battery
can hurt the environment.
Always confirm local regulations
TAB for battery disposal.
SCREW

If it takes several pushes on the 2. Separate the transmitter by prying


button to lock or unlock the doors its middle seam with your
and the tailgate, replace the battery fingernail.
as soon as possible.
3. Inside the transmitter, separate
Battery type: CR1616 the inner cover from the keypad
by releasing the two tabs on the
To replace the battery: cover.

1. Remove the screw at the base of


the transmitter with a small
Phillips-head screwdriver.

146
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Remote Transmitter

On EX, EX-L and Touring models UNLOCK Press this button once time. The LED will blink once.
to unlock the drivers door. Press it
LED LOCK twice to unlock the other doors and When you press the UNLOCK
BUTTON the tailgate. Some exterior lights will button, the front and rear individual
flash twice each time you press the map lights, depending on their
button. switch positions, will come on (see

Instruments and Controls


UNLOCK
BUTTON page 205 ). If you do not open any
If you do not open any doors or the door, the lights stay on for about 30
tailgate within 30 seconds, they will seconds, then go out. If you relock
automatically relock and the security the doors and the tailgate with the
system sets. remote transmitter before 30
PANIC
BUTTON seconds have elapsed, the lights will
Touring model is shown. On Touring models, you can change go off immediately.
this setting (see page 129 ).
LOCK Press this button once to PANIC Press and hold this
lock all doors and the tailgate. Some If you press the LOCK button and button for about 1 second to attract
exterior lights will flash once. When the PASSENGERS SIDE SLIDING attention; the horn will sound, and
you push LOCK twice within 5 DOOR button at the same time for the exterior lights will flash for about
seconds, you will hear a beep to about 1 second, the LED in the 30 seconds. To cancel panic mode,
verify that the security system has remote transmitter will blink twice, press any other button on the remote
set. You cannot lock the doors and and all doors and the tailgate will transmitter, or turn the ignition
the tailgate if any door or the tailgate unlock simultaneously when you switch to the ON (II) position. Panic
is not fully closed or the key is in the press the UNLOCK button. To mode does not work when the key is
ignition switch. cancel this feature, press the LOCK in the ignition switch.
button and the PASSENGERS SIDE
SLIDING DOOR button at the same

147
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Remote Transmitter

Opening or Closing the Power Opening or Closing the Power


Sliding Doors Tailgate

DRIVERS SIDE SLIDING


DOOR BUTTON

TAILGATE
BUTTON

PASSENGERS SIDE POWER SLIDING DOOR


SLIDING DOOR BUTTON MAIN SWITCH

You can open or close each sliding If the power sliding door MAIN On EX-L and Touring models
door with the remote transmitter switch on the dashboard is in the You can open or close the power
when the doors are unlocked. Push OFF position, you cannot open or tailgate with the remote transmitter
and hold the right button to open or close the sliding doors with the when the doors are unlocked. Press
close the passengers side door, and remote transmitter. and hold the TAILGATE button to
the left button to open or close the open or close the power tailgate.
drivers side door. When the tailgate begins to move,
you will hear a beep, and some front
and rear lights will flash.

148
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Remote Transmitter

Recalling a Memorized Seat is completed. Remote Transmitter Care


Position Avoid dropping or throwing the
The driving position memory transmitter.
With Driver 1 With Driver 2 activation (Driver 1, Driver 2) is
shown on the back of each Protect the transmitter from
transmitter. Make sure you store extreme temperature.

Instruments and Controls


your seat and outside mirror
positions in the memory that is Do not immerse the transmitter in
activated by the transmitter you any liquid.
normally carry.
If you lose a transmitter, the
You can turn off this system replacement needs to be
activation with the remote reprogrammed by your dealer.
transmitter. Press and hold the
LOCK and UNLOCK buttons at the
On Touring models same time. The LED in the remote
Each remote transmitter activates transmitter will blink twice. Then
the drivers seat position memory release the buttons, and press the
system (see page 184 ) and LOCK or UNLOCK button.
customized vehicle control settings
(see page 101 ). When you open the To turn the keyless memory settings
drivers door after unlocking it with back on, repeat this procedure. The
the remote transmitter, the drivers LED will come on for 1 second to
seat and outside mirrors move to the indicate the feature has been turned
positions stored in memory. You will on.
hear two beeps when the movement

149
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Remote Transmitter

Replacing the Transmitter As required by the FCC:


Battery This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.

Changes or modifications not expressly


approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the users
authority to operate the equipment.

If it takes several pushes on the To replace the battery, separate the This device complies with Industry
button to lock or unlock the doors halfs by carefully prying on the edge Canada Standard RSS-210.
and the tailgate, replace the battery with a coin. Remove the old battery, Operation is subject to the following two
as soon as possible. and insert a new battery with the conditions: (1) this device may not cause
side facing up. Snap the two halves interference, and (2) this device must
Battery type: CR2025 of the transmitter case back together. accept any interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
An improperly disposed of battery
can hurt the environment.
Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.

150
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Door Locks

Power Door Locks Lockout Prevention


With the drivers door open and the
Lock
Front key in the ignition, both master door
lock switches are disabled. They are
not disabled if the drivers door is
closed. Pushing the front of the

Instruments and Controls


master door lock switch on the open
passengers door will lock all doors
and the tailgate.

MASTER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Rear

To lock the doors and the tailgate, The lock tab on any door locks and
press the front of the master door unlocks that door.
lock switch on either front door,
press the lock tab on the drivers All doors and the tailgate can be
door, or use the outside lock on the locked from the outside by using the
drivers door. key in the drivers door lock. To
unlock only the drivers door, insert
Pressing the rear of the master door the key, turn the key, and release it.
lock switch will unlock all doors and The remaining doors and the tailgate
the tailgate. unlock when you turn the key a
second time within a few seconds.

151
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Door Locks

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Auto Door Locking To turn off the Auto Door Lock
On LX, EX, EX-L and Canadian DX On LX, EX, EX-L and Canadian DX modes:
models models
Your vehicle has customizable The auto door locking feature has
settings for the doors and tailgate to three possible settings:
automatically lock and unlock. There
are default settings for each of these The auto door locking is
features. You can turn off or change deactivated all the time.
the settings for these features as
described on the following pages. The doors and tailgate lock
whenever you move the shift lever
When you customize the setting, out of the Park (P) position.
make sure your vehicle is parked
safely, the engine is off, and the The doors and tailgate lock when
parking brake is applied. Make all the vehicle speed reaches 9 mph
settings before you start driving. (15 km/h). 1. Make sure the shift lever is in the
This is the default setting. Park (P) position.
On Touring models
To change the AUTO DOOR 2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
LOCK setting, see page 123 . (II) position, and open the drivers
door.
To change the AUTO DOOR
UNLOCK setting, see page 125 .

152
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Door Locks

3. Push and hold the front of the To program the Park Lock mode: 3. Push and hold the front of the
master door lock switch on the Locks all doors and tailgate when the master door lock switch on the
drivers door until you hear a click shift lever is moved out of the Park (P) drivers door. You will hear a click.
(after about 5 seconds). position. Keep holding the switch until you
hear another click (after about 5
4. Release the switch, and within 5 seconds).

Instruments and Controls


seconds, turn the ignition switch
to the LOCK (0) position. 4. Release the switch, and within 5
seconds, turn the ignition switch
to the LOCK (0) position.

1. Make sure the shift lever is in the


Park (P) position.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON


(II) position, and make sure to
close the drivers door.

153
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Door Locks

To program the Drive Lock mode: 3. Push and hold the brake pedal, Auto Door Unlocking
Locks all doors and tailgate when the and move the shift lever out of the On LX, EX, EX-L and Canadian DX
vehicles speed reaches about 9 mph Park (P) position. models
(15 km/h). The auto door unlocking feature has
4. Push and hold the front of the five possible settings:
master door lock switch on the The auto door unlocking is
drivers door. You will hear a click. deactivated all the time.
Keep holding the switch until you
hear another click (after about 5 The drivers door unlocks when
seconds). you move the shift lever to the
Park (P) position.
5. Release the switch and, within 5 This is the default setting.
seconds, turn the ignition switch
to the ACCESSORY (I) position. All doors and tailgate unlock when
Move the shift lever to the Park you move the shift lever to the
(P) position. Park (P) position.

1. Make sure the shift lever is in the 6. Turn the ignition switch to the The drivers door unlocks
Park (P) position. LOCK (0) position. whenever you turn the ignition
switch to the ACCESSORY (I)
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(II) position, and make sure to
close the drivers door. All doors and tailgate unlock
whenever you turn the ignition
switch to the ACCESSORY (I)
position.

154
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Door Locks

To turn off the Auto Door Unlock 3. Push and hold the rear of the To program the Park Unlock mode:
modes: master door lock switch on the Unlocks the drivers door or all doors
drivers door. You will hear a click, and tailgate when the shift lever is
and after about 5 seconds, you will moved into the Park (P) position.
hear another click.

Instruments and Controls


4. Release the switch, and within 5
seconds, turn the ignition switch
to the LOCK (0) position.

1. Make sure the shift lever is in the


Park (P) position.
1. Make sure the shift lever is in the
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON Park (P) position.
(II) position, and open the drivers
door. 2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position, and make sure to
close the drivers door.

CONTINUED

155
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Door Locks

3. Push and hold the rear of the To program the Ignition Switch 3. Push and hold the brake pedal,
master door lock switch on the Unlock mode: and move the shift lever out of P.
drivers door. You will hear a click. Unlocks the drivers door or all doors
Continue to hold down the switch: and tailgate when the ignition switch is 4. Push and hold the rear of the
moved out of the ON (II) position. master door lock switch on the
Until you hear another click drivers door. You will hear a click.
(after about 5 seconds) to Continue to hold the switch:
activate drivers door unlock
feature. Until you hear another click
(after about 5 seconds) to
Or, until you hear two more activate the drivers door unlock
clicks (after about 10 seconds) feature.
to activate all doors and tailgate
unlock feature. Or, until you hear two more
clicks (after about 10 seconds)
4. Release the switch, and within 5 to activate all doors and tailgate
seconds, turn the ignition switch unlock feature.
to the LOCK (0) position.
1. Make sure the shift lever is in the 5. Release the switch and, within 5
Park (P) position. seconds, turn the ignition switch
to the ACCESSORY (I) position.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON Move the shift lever to the Park
(II) position, and make sure to (P) position.
close the drivers door.
6. Turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK (0) position.

156
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Door Locks, Tailgate

Childproof Door Locks On EX, EX-L and Touring models Tailgate


With the childproof door locks on,
automatic operation with the inside
door handle is disabled.

Instruments and Controls


The childproof door locks are To open the tailgate, pull the handle,
designed to prevent children seated then lift up. To close the tailgate, use
in the rear from accidentally opening the inner handle to pull it down, then
the rear sliding doors. Each door has press down on the back edge.
a lock lever near the edge. With the
lever in the LOCK position, the door Keep the tailgate closed at all times
cannot be opened from the inside while driving to avoid damaging the
regardless of the position of the lock tailgate and to prevent exhaust gas
tab. To open the door, pull the lock from getting into the interior. See
tab up and use the outside door Carbon Monoxide Hazard on page
handle. 60 .

157
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Tailgate

Power Tailgate Press and hold the tailgate button on


the remote transmitter or the
POWER TAILGATE SWITCH dashboard switch for about 1 second
to open or close the tailgate. Each
time you press the button on the
remote transmitter or the dashboard
switch, you will hear a beep, and
some front and rear lights will flash.

If you push the same button or


switch again while the tailgate is
opening or closing, you will hear
TAILGATE BUTTON three beeps, and the tailgate will stop TAILGATE SWITCH
moving, reverse direction, and stop
On EX-L and Touring models at the fully opened or closed position. The tailgate can also be closed by
The tailgate can be opened and pressing the button on the tailgate. If
closed with the remote transmitter you press the button again while the
or the switch on the dashboard when tailgate is closing, you will hear three
both front doors are unlocked. beeps, and the tailgate will stop
moving, reverse direction, and stop
at the fully opened position.

To open or close the tailgate


manually, see page 160 .

158
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Tailgate

Auto-Reverse Also check that passengers, When the tailgate or the roof is
The power tailgate has an auto- especially children, do not have their covered with snow or ice.
reverse feature. If it meets hands on the edge of the tailgate or
resistance while opening or closing, on the tailgate sill. The auto reverse Do not install any accessories on the
it will beep three times and reverse feature stops working when the tailgate. It may cause the tailgate to
direction. However, the tailgate may tailgate is about to latch so the motor malfunction. If there is snow or ice

Instruments and Controls


not reverse immediately. Always can pull the tailgate shut. on the tailgate, make sure to remove
make sure passengers and objects it before you operate the tailgate.
are clear of the tailgate before If your vehicles battery is
opening or closing it. disconnected, goes dead, or the fuse If you pull the tailgate release handle
is removed while the tailgate is fully while the tailgate is opening or
open, the power tailgate needs to be closing, it will stop moving. You need
reset. After connecting the battery to open or close it the rest of the way
Closing a power tailgate while or installing the fuse, close the manually.
anyone is in the path of the tailgate fully by hand.
tailgate can cause serious The tailgate has sensors on both
injury. The power tailgate may not open or sides. Be careful not to damage them.
close under the these conditions: If the sensors are damaged, the
Make sure everyone is clear power tailgate does not function
before closing the power The vehicle is parked on a steep properly.
tailgate. hill.

When the vehicle is swayed in a


strong wind.

CONTINUED

159
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Tailgate

If you try to drive off with the Unlocking the Tailgate


tailgate not closed completely, a
beeper sounds and a DOOR &
TAILGATE OPEN message is
shown on the multi-information
display.

Keep the tailgate closed at all times


while driving to avoid damaging the
tailgate and to prevent exhaust gas
from getting into the interior. See
Carbon Monoxide Hazard on page
60 . COVER LEVER

If there is a problem in the power If the power door lock system cannot On EX-L and Touring models
tailgate system, you will see a unlock the tailgate, unlock it Push the release lever to the right as
CHECK POWER TAILGATE manually. shown.
message on the multi-information
display. Have the system checked by Use a small flat-tipped screwdriver to If you need to unlock the tailgate
your dealer. remove the cover on the back of the manually, it means there is a
tailgate. problem with the tailgate. Have the
With this message shown on the vehicle checked by your dealer.
multi-information display, you can
still open or close the tailgate
manually.

160
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Tailgate, Sliding Doors

Opening and Closing Manual Power Sliding Doors


Sliding Doors On EX, EX-L and Touring models
On LX and Canadian DX models The doors are electrically powered
To open, pull the inside or outside and can be operated with the remote
door handle, and slide the door back. transmitter, the door handles, or the
It will latch in the fully open position. dashboard switches. To operate the

Instruments and Controls


When opening from the inside, the doors:
childproof door lock must be The shift lever must be in Park or
unlocked. neutral. To operate the doors with
Lock the shift lever in neutral, the
Unlock
To close, pull either handle, and slide ignition switch must be in the ON
the door closed. Make sure the door (II) position with the brake pedal
is closed and latched securely before pressed or the parking brake
driving, and all passengers are clear applied.
On LX, EX and Canadian DX models of the sliding doors before closing
Use the key to unlock the tailgate as them. The MAIN switch must be in the
shown, then pull the outer handle to ON position.
open the tailgate. When opening a sliding door, it stops
about halfway if the window is open The doors must be unlocked.
If you need to unlock the tailgate more than 3 in (8 cm). If the vehicle
manually, it means there is a is facing downhill, the sliding door
problem with the tailgate. Have the will slam shut when you release the
vehicle checked by your dealer. door handle. Always close the
window fully before opening the
sliding door.
CONTINUED

161
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Sliding Doors

When the shift lever is in Park: Door Handles Dashboard Switches


If you shift out of Park while a door To open the door with the inside
is closing, you will hear a beep until door handle, pull the handle MAIN SWITCH
the door closes. backward. Push it forward to close
the door. If you pull backward or
When you shift out of Park while a push forward on the door handle
door is opening, you will hear a while a door is opening or closing,
continuous tone and the door will the door stops moving. Pull
stop moving if you release the brake backward or push forward to open or
pedal or the parking brake. Stop the close the door fully.
vehicle and close the door.
To open or close the door with the POWER SLIDING
When the shift lever is in neutral and outside door handle, pull the door DOOR SWITCHES
the ignition switch is in the ON (II) handle. If you pull the door handle
position: while a door is opening or closing, The dashboard switches to the left
If you shift out of neutral or release the door stops moving. If you pull the of the steering column allow you to
the brake pedal or the parking brake door handle again, the door will open open or close the power sliding doors.
while a door is closing, you will hear fully.
a beep until the door closes. The MAIN switch on the dashboard
controls power to the sliding doors.
If you shift out of neutral or release
the brake pedal or the parking brake
while a door is opening, you will hear
a continuous tone and the door will
stop moving. Stop the vehicle and
close the door.

162
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Sliding Doors

To open a power sliding door, push Remote Transmitter Auto-Reverse


and release the bottom of the Each power sliding door has an auto-
appropriate switch. If you forget to DRIVERS SIDE LED reverse feature. If a door meets
unlock the door, you will hear three SLIDING DOOR resistance while closing, it will beep
BUTTON
beeps. Unlock the door, and try three times and reverse direction.
again. However, the door may not reverse

Instruments and Controls


immediately and may cause some
To close a sliding door, push and bruising or discomfort. Always make
release the top of the switch. sure passengers and objects are
clear of the doors before closing
To stop a door, push either the top or them.
bottom of the switch. The door will PASSENGERS SIDE
stop and you will hear three beeps. SLIDING DOOR BUTTON If a rear window is open more than
Push the switch again to resume 3 in (8 cm), the power sliding door is
movement. To open and close a power sliding designed to stop about halfway to
door, press and hold the appropriate avoid accidents. If this happens,
When the MAIN switch is in the button for at least 1 second. If you close the door with the door handles,
OFF position, you have to operate forget to unlock the door, you will the dashboard switch, or the remote
the doors manually. hear three beeps. Unlock the door, transmitter. Close the window and
and try again. open the sliding door. Make sure the
To stop movement, push the window is fully closed before you
appropriate door button; you will operate the power sliding door.
hear three beeps. Push and hold the
same button again for at least 1
second and the door will reverse
direction.

163
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Sliding Doors

Manually Opening/Closing the If there is an obstacle in the door sill, Do not put any item in the door
Power Sliding Door the power sliding door may not open pocket that sticks out from the
You can manually open or close the or close properly. When removing pocket. It can prevent the doors from
sliding doors. The MAIN switch the obstacle from the door sill, make opening or closing properly, and
must be in the OFF position. To sure to turn off the main switch on damage the vehicle body.
open a door, pull the inside or the dashboard.
outside door handle, and slide the
door back. It will latch in the fully When replacing a flat tire, make sure
open position. To close, pull either to turn off the power sliding door Closing a sliding door while any
handle and slide the door forward. main switch on the dashboard. part of a passenger is in the
When the door is almost closed, the doors path can cause serious
auto-closer will pull the door shut. On all models injury.
Do not allow anyone to step on the
Important Sliding Door lower arm of the sliding door while Make sure all passengers are
Precautions the door is open. This could damage clear of the doorway before
On EX, EX-L and Touring models the sliding door mechanism. closing a sliding door.
Before operating the sliding doors,
check that passengers, especially When you drive with children in your
children, do not have their hands on vehicle, use the childproof door
the edge of the sliding door or on the locks (see page 157 ). This will
door pillar. The auto-reverse motor prevent children from opening the
stops working when the door is doors accidentally.
about to latch so the auto-closer can
pull the door shut.

164
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Sliding Doors

Refueling Parking on a Hill If you leave the vehicle on a steep


When you release the fuel fill door, When parking facing downhill, make downhill with a power sliding door
the drivers side sliding door sure the doors are latched in the half open and the engine off, the
automatically locks so it cannot open fully open position, and then hold the magnetic lock will turn off after 30
and interfere with the fuel door. If a door open for your passengers. Do minutes and the sliding door will
passenger attempts to unlock the not pull the inside or outside door automatically open or close. In this

Instruments and Controls


door by cycling the lock knob several handle, or the door will slam shut. case you will hear a continuous tone.
times, the door can be opened.
On EX, EX-L and Touring models If your vehicle is facing downhill, do
If a passenger needs to get out while Make sure the main switch on the not turn the main switch to OFF
you are refueling, instruct that dashboard is in the ON position. while the door is opening because
person to exit on the passengers the door may slam shut.
side. When parking facing downhill on a
steep grade, the power sliding doors
When you close the fuel fill door, the may not open or close as they do
drivers side sliding door unlocks if it normally.
was unlocked when you opened the
fuel fill door.

On EX, EX-L and Touring models


If you open the fuel fill door while
the drivers side sliding door is
opening, the sliding door stops. If
this happens, the door must be
operated manually.

165
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Sliding Doors

Pinch Sensor Power Sliding Door Indicator On Touring models


If there is a problem in the power
PINCH SENSOR POWER SLIDING DOOR INDICATOR sliding door system, you will see a
CHECK LEFT SLIDING DOOR or
CHECK RIGHT SLIDING DOOR
message on the multi-information
display (see page 89 ). If this
message stays on, turn the MAIN
switch to OFF, and have the system
inspected by your dealer.

If the battery is disconnected or goes


U.S. model is shown dead, close the sliding door
completely by hand. If it still does
On EX, EX-L and Touring models On EX and EX-L models not operate properly after the
Each sliding door has a pinch sensor If the power sliding door indicator battery is reconnected, have your
on the front edge. Do not damage comes on and stays on, there is a vehicle checked by a dealer.
this sensor, or the power sliding door problem in the system. Turn the
may not operate properly. MAIN switch to OFF, and have the
system inspected by a dealer.

166
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seats

Passenger Seating
Convertible Second Row Bucket
Seats
There are bucket seats with
armrests for two front passengers,
bucket seats with armrests for two

Instruments and Controls


passengers in the second row, and a
bench seat for three passengers in
the third row.

For greater cargo capacity, the seats


in the second row can be removed,
and the bench seat in the third row
can be folded into the floor.

Except U.S. LX and Canadian DX


models
Your vehicle has a second row plus-
one seat that can be installed
between the second row bucket
seats when needed. The plus-one
seat can also be used as a second
row center console.

167
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seats

Seat Adjustments Manual Seat Adjustments


See pages 12 13 for important safety
information and warnings about how to
properly position the seats and seat-
backs.

The EX-L and Touring models have


a power adjustable drivers seat and
front passengers seat. The EX
model has a power adjustable drivers
seat and manual front passengers
seat. LX and DX models have manual
drivers seat and front passengers
seat adjustments.
To adjust the seat forward and To change the seat-back angle of the
The seats in the second and third backward, pull up on the bar under front seat, pull up the lever on the
rows adjust manually. the seat cushions front edge. Move outside of the seat bottom.
the seat to the desired position, and
Make all seat adjustments before release the bar. Try to move the seat To change the seat-back angle of the
you start driving. to make sure it is locked in position. bucket seats in the second row, pull
forward on the lever on the outside
To adjust the bucket seats in the of the seat-back.
second row, pull up the bar on the
front of the seat bottom.
The third row seats do not adjust
forward and backward.

168
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seats

Drivers Seat Manual Height Power Seat Adjustments


Adjustment On EX, EX-L and Touring models
ADJUSTMENT STRAPS See pages 12 13 for important safety
information and warnings about how to
properly position the seats and seat-
backs.

Instruments and Controls


The controls for the adjustable
drivers power seat are on the
outside edge of the seat bottom. You
can adjust the power seat with the
ignition switch in any position. Make
all seat adjustments before you start
driving.
The left and right halves of the third
seat-back can be adjusted separately. On LX and Canadian DX models On EX-L and Touring models
To adjust the angle, pull the The height of your drivers seat is The passengers seat has two
adjustment strap on the outside of adjustable. Pull up the lever on the switches. One moves the seat
each seat-back, move the seat-back outside of the seat cushion to raise forward and backward, and the other
to the desired position, and release the seat bottom or push the lever adjusts the seat-back angle.
the adjustment strap. Let the seat- down to lower the seat cushion.
back latch in the new position.
Make all adjustments before you
start driving.

CONTINUED

169
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seats

Raises or lowers the Drivers Lumbar Support


seat. (Drivers seat
only)

Moves the whole


seat up and forward,
or down and
backward. The front
of the seat also tilts
up or down at the
same time. (Drivers
seat only)
Moves the seat
forward and Adjusts the seat- On EX, EX-L and Touring models
backward. back angle forward To change the lumbar support, move
or backward. the lever on the right side of the
seat-back forward or backward.
Moves the front of Keep moving the lever forward or
the seat up or down. backward until you find a suitable
(Drivers seat only) position.

170
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seats

Armrests desired angle.

Head Restraints
See page 14 for important safety
information and a warning about
improperly positioning head restraints.

Instruments and Controls


Your vehicle is equipped with head
restraints in all seating positions to
help protect you and your
passengers from whiplash and other
injuries.

They are most effective when you


An armrest is located on each of the adjust them so the center of the back
front seats and on each side of the of the occupants head rests against
second row seats (depending on the center of the restraint.
models). Pivot it down to use it.
When you remove the bucket seats
in the second row, pivot the armrests
up out of the way.

On EX-L and Touring models


The angle of the armrest on each
front seat is adjustable. Pivot the
armrest down, and pull it up to the CONTINUED

171
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seats

Front and Second row seat Third row seat When reinstalling a head restraint,
CUSHION put the legs back in place. Then
adjust it to the appropriate height
while pressing the release button.

Make sure the removed head


restraints are securely stored.

RELEASE RELEASE Failure to reinstall the head


LEG BUTTON BUTTON restraints can result in severe
SEAT BACK
injury during a crash.
Adjusting the Head Restraint Removing the Head Restraint
The front and rear head restraints To remove a head restraint for Always replace the head
adjust for height. You need both cleaning or repair, pull it up as far as restraints before driving.
hands to adjust the restraint. Do not it will go. Push the release button,
attempt to adjust it while driving. To then pull the restraint out of the seat-
raise it, pull upward. To lower the back.
restraint, push the release button
and push the restraint down.

172
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seats

Active Head Restraints This reduces the distance between For a head restraint system to work
the restraint and the occupants head. properly:
It also helps protect the occupants
against whiplash and injuries to the Do not hang any items on the head
neck and upper spine. restraints, or from the restraint
legs.

Instruments and Controls


After a collision, the activated
restraint should return to its normal Do not place any object between
position. an occupant and the seat-back.

If the restraints do not return to their Install each restraint in its proper
normal position, or in the event of a location.
severe collision, have the vehicle
inspected by a Honda dealer. Only use genuine Honda
The drivers and front passengers replacement head restraints.
seats have active head restraints. If
the vehicle is struck severely from
the rear, the occupant properly
secured with the seat belt will be
pushed against the seat-back and the
head restraint will automatically
move forward.

173
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seats

Third Row Seat Access

RELEASE LEVER

To get into or out of the third row When the seat on the passengers To get into or out of the third row
seat, walk between the second row side is moved to the center, walk seat, pull up the release lever on the
seats. through the passengers side to get shoulder of each second row bucket
into or out of the third row seat. seat. The seat-back will tilt forward
and the whole seat will slide forward.
You need to remove the plus-one
seat (see page 178 ) before you can
make this seat arrangement.

174
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seats

Moving the Second Row Bucket


HOOK
Seat
The second row bucket seat on the
passengers side can be moved to the
center to provide access to the third
row seat.

Instruments and Controls


COVER

1. Remove the passengers side 2. Hook the front of the seat to the
second row bucket seat (see page floor, then slide the seat toward
177 ), then remove the cover. the center of the vehicle.

If you have already set the floor 3. Push the back of the seat down
mat under the passengers side over the floor hooks. Make sure
bucket seat, make sure you the seat is securely locked in place.
remove it before moving the
bucket seat.

CONTINUED

175
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seats

To return the seat to the outside Seats and Floor Mats


position, remove the seat, reinstall
the cover, then reinstall the seat.

Make sure the seats are securely


locked in place before driving. A seat
that is not locked in place could fly
around and cause injury in a sudden
stop or crash.

When the plus-one seat is in the When the passengers side bucket
center position, store the floor mat seat is in the outside position, and
under the passengers side bucket the plus-one seat is not used, install
seat as shown above. the floor mat and the cover over the
floor anchors.

176
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seats

Removing the Bucket Seats in the


Second Row
Outer position TABS Center position TAB
BUTTONS BUTTONS SEAT-BACK LEVER

Instruments and Controls


SLIT

TAB SLITS TABS


LOCK RELEASE LEVER
To install the floor mat in an outer
position or the center position, insert Both seats can be removed to give
the tabs into the slits on the floor, more cargo capacity.
then snap the two buttons in place. Do not remove the seats while
Refer to the illustrations above. driving.

To remove a second row seat:


1. Pull up the seat-back angle
adjustment lever, and fold the
seat-back forward.

CONTINUED

177
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seats

To reinstall the seat, hook the front Removing the Second Row
of the seat to the floor, then push the Plus-One Seat
rear of the seat-back until it locks in Except U.S. LX and Canadian DX
place. Make sure the seat is securely models
latched before driving. Your vehicle has a plus-one seat for
the second row center position.

You can remove the plus-one seat


when it is not used. Do not remove
the seat while driving.

2. Unlock the seat from the floor by


pulling the lock release lever
under the seat cushions front
edge and lifting the rear of the
seat.

3. Unhook the front of the seat from


the floor by pulling it back slightly,
then pivoting it upward.

178
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seats

SEAT CUSHION STRAP 5. Unhook the front of the seat from


the floor by pulling it back slightly,
then pivoting it upward.

Instruments and Controls


SEAT-BACK STRAP LOCK RELEASE LEVER

To remove the plus-one seat: 4. Unlock the seat from the floor by
pulling the lock release lever and
1. Lower the head restraints fully. lifting the rear of the seat.

2. Remove the seat cushion by


pulling the seat cushion strap.

3. Fold the seat-back forward by


pulling the seat-back strap.

179
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seats

To use the plus-one seat as a center


console, remove its seat cushion by
pulling up the seat cushion strap.
Then pivot the seat-back forward
until it is flat. Store the seat cushion
in the floor storage area.

Make sure the seats are securely


locked in place before driving. A seat
that is not locked in place could fly
around and cause injury in a sudden
SEAT-BACK STRAP stop or crash.

To install the plus-one seat: Install the seat cushion on the seat
bottom plate. To install the cushion,
Hook the front of the seat to the hook the front of the cushion first,
floor, then push down the back until then push down the rear until the
it locks. Make sure both the front cushion is securely positioned.
and back of the seat are securely
latched. Pull up the seat-back, and
adjust the seat-back angle to the
desired position while pulling the
seat-back strap on the outside of the
seat bottom.

180
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seats

Folding the One-Motion Third Make sure all items in the cargo
Row Magic Seat HANDLES area are secured. Loose items can
To create more cargo space, you can fly forward and cause injury if you
fold the one-motion third row Magic have to brake hard. See Carrying
Seat into the floor recess. Cargo on page 378 .

Instruments and Controls


1. Unlatch the center seat detachable
seat belt anchor, and let the belt
retract all the way into the ceiling.
Place the latch plate and anchor
latch into their holding slots. Make
sure both seat belts on the outer
seats are out of the way.
3. Pull the handle on each seat-back
2. Lower the head restraints fully. to unlock the front legs of the
third row seat.

4. Pivot the seat into the cargo area


floor recess.

CONTINUED

181
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seats

STRAPS

To return the seat to the upright 2. Pull the seat-back upright with the
position: strap. Make sure the seat is
securely locked into position
1. Pull the seat out of the recess by before driving.
pulling on the handle. Pivot the
seat forward all the way. The front
legs of the third row seat will
automatically latch.

182
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Seat Heaters

Passengers In the HI setting, the heater turns off


seat when the seat gets warm, and turns
back on after the seats temperature
drops.
In LO, the heater does not cycle with
temperature change.

Instruments and Controls


Follow these precautions when using
the seat heaters:

Drivers Use the HI setting only to heat the


HEATERS seat SEAT HEATER SWITCHES seats quickly, because it draws
large amounts of current from the
On EX-L and Touring models the bottom of the switch. This will battery.
Both front seats are equipped with keep the seat warm.
seat heaters. The passenger seat If the engine is left idling for an
only has heaters in the seat bottom extended period, do not use the
because of the side airbag system. seat heaters, even on the LO
The ignition switch must be in the setting. It can weaken the battery,
ON (II) position to use them. The causing hard starting.
seat heater switches are located on
the dashboard above the center
pocket. Push the top of the switch,
HI, to rapidly heat up the seat.
After the seat reaches a comfortable
temperature, select LO by pushing

183
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Driving Position Memory System

On Touring models Storing a Driving Position in MEMO BUTTON


Your vehicle has a memory feature Memory
for the drivers seat and outside Store a drivers seat position only INDICATORS
mirror positions. when the vehicle is parked.

Two seat and outside mirror 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON MEMORY
positions can be stored in separate (II) position. You cannot add a BUTTONS
memories. You select a memorized new seat position in memory
position by pushing the appropriate unless the ignition switch is in the
button or using the appropriate ON (II) position. You can recall a
remote transmitter (Driver 1 or memorized position with the
Driver 2). ignition switch in any position.

This setting can be linked or 2. Adjust the seat to a comfortable 4. Press and release the MEMO
unlinked with the remote transmitter. position (see page 170 ). button on the drivers door. You
For more information, see page 149 . will hear a beep. Then, both
3. Adjust the outside mirrors for best indicators in the memory buttons
You can change the MEMORY visibility (see page 191 ). will start to blink. Press and hold
POSITION LINK setting on the one of the memory buttons (1 or
multi-information display (see page 2) within 5 seconds after you press
116 ). the MEMO button. When the
system completes storing a new
driving position, you hear two
beeps. The indicator in the stored
memory button will come on.

184
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Driving Position Memory System

Doing any of the following after Selecting a Memorized Position selected memory button will flash
pressing the MEMO button will during movement. When the
cancel the storing procedure. adjustments are complete, you will
hear two beeps, and the indicator will
Not press a memory button within remain on.
5 seconds.

Instruments and Controls


To stop the systems automatic
Pressing the MEMO button again adjustment, do any of these actions:
within 5 seconds. Press any button on the drivers
door: MEMO, memory button 1 or
Readjust the seat position. 2.
Push any of the adjustment
Readjusting the outside mirror MEMORY BUTTONS switches for the seat.
position. Shift out of Park.
To select a memorized position, do Adjust the outside mirrors.
Each memory button stores only one this:
driving position. Storing a new If desired, you can use the
position erases the previous setting 1. Make sure the shift lever is in the adjustment switches to change the
stored in that buttons memory. If Park (P) position. positions of the seat or outside
you want to add a new position while mirrors after they are in their
retaining the current one, use the 2. Press the desired memory button memorized positions. If you change
other memory button. (1 or 2) until you hear a beep. the memorized position, the
indicator in the memory button will
All stored driving positions will be The system will move the seat and go out. To keep this driving position
lost if your vehicles battery goes outside mirrors to the memorized for later use, you must store it in the
dead or is disconnected. positions. The indicator in the driving position memory.

185
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Power Windows

DRIVERS WINDOW MAIN SWITCH The windows will operate for up to If the MAIN switch is OFF, the
SWITCH 10 minutes after you turn off the passenger windows cannot be raised
ignition switch. Opening either front or lowered. Keep the MAIN switch
door cancels this function. off when you have children in the
vehicle so they do not injure
themselves by operating the
windows unintentionally.
Closing a power window on
someones hands or fingers can AUTO REVERSE If the drivers
cause serious injury. window senses any obstacle while it
is closing automatically, it will
Make sure your passengers are reverse direction, and then stop. To
away from the windows before close the window, remove the
Turn the ignition switch to the ON closing them. obstacle, then use the window switch
(II) position to raise or lower any again.
window. To open the window, push
the switch down to the first detent AUTO To open/close the drivers Auto reverse stops sensing when the
and hold it. Release the switch when window, push the window switch window is almost closed. You should
you want the window to stop. Pull firmly down or up to the second always check that all passengers and
back on the switch and hold it to detent, and release it. The window objects are away from the window
close the window. will automatically go up or down all before closing it.
the way. To stop the window, pull/
push on the window switch briefly. NOTE: Only on the drivers window,
the auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the
switch.

186
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Power Windows

If your vehicles battery is Opening the Windows with the 2. Press the UNLOCK button a
disconnected or goes dead, or the Remote Transmitter second time, and hold it. The
drivers window fuse is removed, the passengers doors unlock, and all
AUTO function may be disabled. If four windows start to open. To
the AUTO function is disabled, the stop the windows, release the
power window system will need to be button.

Instruments and Controls


reset after reconnecting the battery
or installing the fuse. 3. To open the windows further,
UNLOCK press the button again (within 10
1. Start the engine. Push down and BUTTON seconds of step 1) and hold it. If
hold the drivers window switch the windows stop before the
until the window is fully open. desired position, repeat steps 1
and 2.
2. Pull and hold the drivers window
switch to close the window You cannot close the windows with
completely, then hold the switch On EX, EX-L and Touring models the remote transmitter.
for about 2 seconds. You can open all of the windows
from the outside with the remote
If the power windows do not operate transmitter.
properly after resetting, have your
vehicle checked by your dealer. 1. Press the UNLOCK button once
to unlock the drivers door.

187
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Power Windows

Opening/Closing the Windows 3. Turn the key clockwise again, and NOTE: If the windows stop before
with the Key hold it. All four windows start to the desired position, repeat steps 2
open. To stop the windows, and 3.
release the key.

4. To open the windows further, turn


and hold the key again (within
10 seconds of step 2).
Close To close:
Open 1. Insert the key in the drivers door
lock.

2. Turn the key counterclockwise,


then release it.
On EX, EX-L and Touring models
You can open and close the windows 3. Turn the key counterclockwise
with the key in the drivers door lock. again, and hold it. All four
windows start to close. To stop the
To open: windows, release the key.
1. Insert the key in the drivers door
lock. 4. To close the windows further, turn
and hold the key again (within
2. Turn the key clockwise, then 10 seconds of step 2).
release it.

188
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Moonroof

To tilt up the back of the moonroof,


press and hold the center button
( ). To close the moonroof, If you try to open the moonroof in
press and hold the top of the switch below-f reezing temperatures, or when
( ). To open the moonroof, it is covered with snow or ice, you can
press and hold the bottom of the damage the moonroof panel or its

Instruments and Controls


switch ( ). motor.

The moonroof has a key-off delay.


You can still open and close the
Opening or closing the moonroof for up to 10 minutes after
moonroof on someones hands you turn off the ignition. The key-off
or fingers can cause serious delay cancels as soon as you open
On EX-L and Touring models injury. either front door. You must then
The moonroof can be tilted up in the turn the ignition to the ON (II)
back for ventilation, or it can be slid Make sure all hands and fingers position for the moonroof to operate.
back into the roof. Use the switch are clear of the moonroof
under the left dashboard vent to before opening or closing it.
operate the moonroof. You must
turn the ignition switch to the ON
(II) position for the moonroof to
operate.

189
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Mirrors

On U.S. EX-L without navigation system


and Canadian EX-L models
When you shift to reverse with the
ignition switch in the ON (II)
position, the rear view is shown on
the left side of the inside mirror. For
more information, see page 366 .

Keep the inside and outside mirrors On EX-L and Touring models
clean and adjusted for best visibility. The inside mirror can automatically
Be sure to adjust the mirrors before darken to reduce glare. To turn on
you start driving. this feature, press the button on the
bottom of the mirror. The AUTO
On LX, EX and Canadian DX models indicator comes on as a reminder.
The inside mirror has day and night When it is on, the mirror darkens
positions. The night position reduces when it senses the headlights of a
glare from headlights behind you. vehicle behind you, then returns to
Flip the tab on the bottom edge of normal visibility when the lights are
the mirror to select the day or night gone. Press the button again to turn
position. off this feature.

190
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Mirrors

Adjusting the Power Mirrors Reverse Tilt Door Mirror


Both outside door mirrors have a
SELECTOR SWITCH ADJUSTMENT SWITCH reverse tilt feature. When in reverse,
the selected mirror will tilt down
slightly to improve your view as you
parallel park. Shifting out of reverse

Instruments and Controls


will return the mirror to its original
position.
To tilt the drivers mirror, place
the selector switch in the left
position.
To tilt the passengers mirror,
place the switch in the right
position.
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON 3. Push the appropriate edge of the To turn the feature off, place the
(II) position. adjustment switch to move the switch in the center position.
mirror right, left, up, or down.
2. Move the selector switch to L
(drivers side) or R (passengers When you finish, move the
side). selector switch to the center (off)
position. This turns the
adjustment switch off to keep your
settings.

191
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Mirrors, Parking Brake

Heated Mirrors Parking Brake


HEATED MIRROR BUTTON Driving the vehicle with the parking
brake applied can damage the rear
brakes and hubs. A beeper will sound if
the vehicle is driven with the parking
brake on.

On Touring models
You will also see a RELEASE
PARKING BRAKE message on the
multi-information display (see page
PARKING BRAKE PEDAL 88 ).

Except U.S. LX model To apply the parking brake, push the


The outside mirrors are heated to pedal down with your foot. To
remove fog and frost. With the release it, push on the pedal again.
ignition switch in the ON (II) The parking brake indicator on the
position, turn on the heaters by instrument panel should go out when
pressing the button. The indicator in the parking brake is fully released
the button comes on as a reminder. (see page 69 ).
Press the button again to turn the
heaters off.

192
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Adjustable Drivers Foot Pedals

To adjust the pedals: Do not adjust the pedals with your


PEDAL POSITION
ADJUSTMENT SWITCH foot on or under either pedal.
1. Push and hold the top of the
adjustment switch until pedals are Make all adjustments before you
closest to you. start driving.

Instruments and Controls


2. Adjust your seat and the steering
wheel so you can operate the
controls and steering wheel easily.

3. Push and hold the bottom of the


adjustment switch until pedals are
in the position you can press them
On Touring models fully and comfortably.
You can adjust the position of the
brake pedal and accelerator pedal
when the shift lever is in the Park
position. Push the top of the
adjustment switch to move the
pedals forward, and the bottom to
move them backward.

193
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Interior Convenience Items

BEVERAGE HOLDERS COAT HOOK BEVERAGE HOLDER SUN VISOR SUNGLASSES


HOLDER
AC POWER OUTLET

VANITY
MIRROR

UPPER GLOVE
BOX

LOWER
GLOVE BOX
CENTER
POCKET

ACCESSORY
POWER SOCKET
ACCESSORY
POWER SOCKET
IN-FLOOR STORAGE
BEVERAGE HOLDER
: If equipped

194
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Interior Convenience Items

Retractable Center Tray Beverage Holders


Be careful when you are using the
beverage holders. A spilled liquid
that is very hot can scald you or your
passengers. Spilled liquids can
damage the upholstery, carpeting,

Instruments and Controls


and electrical components in the
interior.

LEVER

To use the retractable center tray, Sitting on or getting under the tray,
pull up the outside edge of the tray or putting heavy objects on the tray,
until it latches. To store it, pull the may damage or deform it.
lever and lower the tray.
Do not keep items on the tray while
driving. They may fall down or fly
around when you go around corners
or brake hard.

CONTINUED

195
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Interior Convenience Items

The beverage holders for the third


row seat passengers are in the
armrests on the rear side panels.

To use the front beverage holder, Except U.S. LX and Canadian DX


pull the handle. models
The plus-one seat has a beverage
Additional beverage holders for the holder on the back of the seat-back.
front seat passengers are in the
retractable center tray. To use the beverage holder, remove
the seat cushion, and fold the seat-
back by pulling the seat-back strap
(see page 179 ).

196
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Interior Convenience Items

Integrated Sunshades The sunshades are intended for use Sunglasses Holder
only when the windows are fully
HOOK closed. If a window is opened, the
shade can be blown off its hooks. As
the shade automatically retracts, it
could hit and hurt anyone sitting too

Instruments and Controls


close to the window. Push

TAB SUNGLASSES HOLDER

On EX, EX-L and Touring models To open the sunglasses holder, push
Each rear sliding door has an then release the raised detent. It will
integrated sunshade. To use a unlatch and swing down. To close it,
sunshade, hold the tab on the top push it until it latches. Make sure the
and pull the sunshade all the way up. holder is closed while you are driving.
Insert the holes on the sunshade into
the hooks on the window frame. To
store the shade, unhook it, and let it
retract all the way down.

CONTINUED

197
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Interior Convenience Items

Conversation Mirror Sun Visor

SUN VISOR

Some larger styles of sunglasses If equipped To use the sun visor, pull it down.
may not fit in the holder. The sunglasses holder uses a convex When using the sun visor for the
mirror for its bottom panel. You can side window, remove the support rod
You may also store small items in see all the vehicle passengers in this from the clip, and swing it out.
this holder. Make sure they are mirror. To use the mirror, open the
small enough to let the holder close sunglasses holder fully, push it to the Make sure you put the sun visor
and latch, and that they are not first detent, and release it. back in place when you are getting
heavy enough to cause the holder to into or out of the vehicle.
pop open while driving. To switch back to the sunglasses
holder, close the conversation mirror
and then open the sunglasses holder.

198
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Interior Convenience Items

Vanity Mirror Rear Compartment Second Row Console

Instruments and Controls


REAR COMPARTMENT LEVER STRAP

Pull up the vanity mirror cover to use To open the compartment, pull the Except U.S. LX and Canadian DX
the mirror. The lights come on when lever and lift the lid. To close, lower models
you open the cover. Make sure you the lid and push it down until it You can store items under the seat
close the cover when you are not latches. cushion of the plus-one seat.
using the vanity mirror. Pull the strap to raise the seat
cushion, store items, then reinstall
The vanity mirror light will not come the cushion or remove the cushion
on if the sun visor is slid outward. and fold the seat-back down to use
the seat as a tray.

199
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Interior Convenience Items

In-Floor Storage Area You can store items in the floor


storage area up to 22 lbs (10 kg). Do
HOOK not exceed this weight limit, or you
may damage the floor storage area.

The inside of the storage area can


get very hot. Do not store any items
that should be kept cool, or items
that can be easily damaged, warped,
or deformed by heat.

Dust, sand, etc., can accumulate in


HANDLE LID the floor storage area. If you spill
liquid on the floor around the floor
There is a large storage area under If equipped storage area, it can get inside the
the floor between the front seats and To keep the lid open, attach the hook storage area, and the moisture can
the second row bucket seats. to the grab rail on the back of the be trapped inside. Always keep the
front seat-back. inside of the storage area dry and
To place or remove large items from clean.
the storage area, pull off the carpet You can adjust the length of the
near the second row seat, and pull hook strap. Pull down the upper To prevent items from being thrown
the handle to open the large lid. edge of the stopper, and slide it up or about the vehicle and possibly
down. hurting someone in an accident or
sudden stop, be sure the storage
area lids are securely closed before
driving away.

200
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Interior Convenience Items

Glove Boxes Keep the glove boxes closed while


driving. If either are open, a
passenger could be injured during a
crash or sudden stop.

Instruments and Controls


An open glove box can cause
serious injury to your passenger
in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat
belt.

Always keep the glove boxes


Open the lower glove box by pulling Open the upper glove box by closed while driving.
the bottom of the handle. Close it pressing the button. The lid will
with a firm push. Lock or unlock the swing open. Close it with a firm push.
glove box with the master key.

201
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Interior Convenience Items

Center Pocket Coin Pocket


Without rear entertainment system With rear entertainment system

Open the center pocket by pulling A coin holder is located in front of


the handle. Close it with a firm push. the beverage holder. To use the coin
holder, pull the handle, then push
the button. The lid will swing open.
To close the lid, push it down until it
latches.

Make sure to close the lid before you


close the beverage holder.

202
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Interior Convenience Items

Accessory Power Sockets AC Power Outlet


If equipped

Instruments and Controls


There are two accessory power Each socket is intended to supply
sockets in your vehicle. One power for 12 volt DC accessories There is a 115 volt AC power outlet
accessory power socket is above the that are rated 120 watts or less (10 in the rear compartment on the
center pocket and another is on the amps). drivers side. To use the AC power
cargo area sidewall on the drivers outlet, open the rear compartment
side. None of the sockets will power an lid and open the outlet cover. Insert
automotive type cigarette lighter the plug into the receptacle slightly,
element. turn it 90 clockwise, then push in
the plug all the way.

Always run the engine when you use


the AC power outlet.

203
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Interior Convenience Items

The maximum capacity for this NOTE: The AC power outlet is not
power outlet is 115 volt AC at 100 designed for electric appliances
watts or less. If you use an appliance which require high initial peak
which requires more than 100 watts, wattage such as cathode-ray tube
it automatically stops supplying the type televisions, refrigerators,
power. If this happens, turn the electric pumps, etc. It is also not
ignition switch off and turn it on suitable for devices that process
again. precise data such as medical
equipment or measuring instruments.
Any appliances that require an
extremely stable power supply such
as microcomputer-controlled electric
blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.,
should not be connected to this
outlet.

204
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Interior Lights

Light Control Switch When the switch is in the OFF position: When the switch is in the door activated
position:
LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH None of the lights come on when a
door is opened. The individual map lights in the
front come on when any door is
The individual map lights in the opened. When the doors are

Instruments and Controls


front can be turned on and off by closed, each light can be turned on
pressing the lenses. and off by pressing the lenses.

The individual map lights in the The individual map lights in the
second and third rows cannot be second and third rows come on
turned on. when any door is opened. When
DOOR ACTIVATED POSITION the doors are closed, each light
can be turned on and off by
The light control switch controls the pushing on the lens.
individual map lights for the front,
second and third row seating
positions. This switch has three
positions: OFF, door activated, and
ON.

CONTINUED

205
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Interior Lights

When the switch is in the ON position: After all doors are closed tightly, the Individual Map Lights
light(s) dims slightly, then fades out
All the individual map lights come in about 30 seconds. Front
on and stay on as long as the
switch remains in the ON position. With the light control switch in the
door activated position, all the
individual map lights come on when
you unlock the door with the remote
transmitter (see page 147 ).

With any door left open, the lights


stay on about 3 minutes, then go out.

On Touring models
You can change the INTERIOR Turn on the front and rear individual
LIGHT DIMMING TIME setting on map lights by pushing the lens of
the multi-information display (see each light. Push the lens again to
page 118 ). turn it off. You can also operate
these lights with the light control
switch (see page 205 ).

206
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Interior Lights

Cargo Area Light Ignition Switch Light


Rear

Instruments and Controls


ON OFF

The cargo area light has a three- The ignition switch light comes on
position switch. In the OFF position, when you open the drivers door, and
the light does not come on. In the stays on several seconds after you
center position, it comes on when close the door.
you open the tailgate. In the ON
position, it stays on continuously.

207
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Interior Lights

Courtesy Lights

The courtesy lights in the front The courtesy light between the map
doors come on when you open any lights come on when you turn the
door. parking lights on. To adjust its
brightness, turn the select/reset
knob on the instrument panel.

208
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu
Features

The heating and air conditioning Vents, Heating, and A/C .............. 210 Auxiliary Input Jack ....................... 283
system in your vehicle provides a Using Automatic Climate Radio Theft Protection.................. 284
comfortable driving environment in Control .................................... 215 Rear Entertainment System ......... 285
all weather conditions. Using the Rear A/C Unit .......... 216 Security System ............................. 318
Climate Control Sensors ............... 220 Cruise Control ................................ 319
The standard audio system has Audio System ................................. 221 HomeLink Universal
many features. This section LX and Canadian DX models Transceiver................................. 322
describes those features and how to Playing the AM/FM Radio ........... 222 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink ........ 325

Features
use them. (If you have an optional Playing a Disc ................................. 226 Parking Sensor System ................. 361
audio system, refer to the operating Disc Player Error Messages ........ 233 Reaview Camera and Monitor ..... 365
instructions that came with it.) EX and EX-L models without navigation
system
Your vehicle has an anti-theft audio Playing the AM/FM Radio ........... 234
system that requires a code number Playing the XM Radio ................. 238
to enable it. Playing Discs .................................. 244
Disc Changer Error Messages .... 251
The security system helps to Models with navigation system
discourage vandalism and theft of Playing the AM/FM Radio ........... 252
your vehicle. Playing the XM Radio ................. 257
Playing Discs .................................. 263
On vehicles with navigation system Disc Changer Error Messages .... 271
The climate control system and the Protecting Your Discs ................... 272
audio system have a voice control AM/FM Radio Reception ............. 275
feature. Refer to the navigation Playing a Tape ................................ 277
system manual for more information. Setting the Clock ........................... 281
Remote Audio Controls................. 282

209
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Vents, Heating, and A/C

LX and Canadian DX models


RECIRCULATION AIR CONDITIONING REAR WINDOW
BUTTON (A/C) BUTTON DEFOGGER BUTTON

FAN CONTROL TEMPERATURE MODE REAR


DIAL CONTROL DIAL CONTROL CONTROLLER
DIAL DIAL
EX, EX-L and Touring models
WINDSHIELD REAR WINDOW REAR REAR LOCK
DEFROSTER BUTTON DEFOGGER ON/OFF BUTTON
BUTTON BUTTON FAN CONTROL BUTTONS

RECIRCULATION MODE
BUTTON BUTTON

AUTO AIR CONDITIONING (A/C)


BUTTON BUTTON

DRIVERS SIDE PASSENGERS SIDE


OFF BUTTON TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SWITCH
CONTROL REAR TEMPERATURE
SYNC BUTTON CONTROL SWITCH
SWITCH

210
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Vents, Heating, and A/C

Fan Control second row passenger also can passengers side temperature or the
On LX and Canadian DX models adjust the temperature, fan speed temperature of the rear passenger
Turn the dial clockwise to increase and air flow. compartment makes the indicator to
the fan speed and airflow. Turn the go off, and takes the system out of
dial counterclockwise to decrease On EX, EX-L and Touring models SYNC mode.
them. The rear passenger compartment
temperature can also be set Air Conditioning (A/C) Button
On EX, EX-L and Touring models separately. Press the top () of the This button turns the air

Features
Press the button to increase appropriate temperature control conditioning on and off. On LX and
the fan speed and airflow. Press the button to increase the temperature Canadian DX models, the indicator in
button to decrease it. of airflow. Press the bottom () of the button is on when the A/C is on.
the button to decrease it. Each set On EX, EX-L, and Touring models,
Temperature Control temperature is shown in the display. you will see A/C ON or A/C OFF in
On LX and Canadian DX models the display.
Turning this dial clockwise increases When you set the temperature to its
the temperature of the airflow. lower limit or its upper limit, it will be Recirculation Button
displayed as Lo or Hi. When the indicator in the button is
On EX, EX-L and Touring models on, air from the vehicles interior is
Your vehicle has two temperature SYNC Button sent throughout the system again.
control switches, one for the driver, On EX, EX-L and Touring models When the indicator is off, air is
and one for the front passenger. When you press this button, the brought in from the outside of the
indicator in the button comes on, and vehicle (fresh air mode).
On EX, EX-L and Touring models the passengers side temperature
When the rear passengers zone is and the rear passenger compartment
turned on using the REAR ON/OFF is synchronized to the drivers side
button on the front control panel, a set temperature. Changing the CONTINUED

211
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Vents, Heating, and A/C

The outside air intakes for the Air flows from the floor When you switch to from
heating and cooling system are at vents. When you select , the , the A/C stays on, and you
the base of the windshield. Keep this system automatically switches to can turn it on and off manually.
area clear of leaves and other debris. fresh air mode.
When you switch to another mode,
Rear Window Defogger Button Airflow is divided between the A/C returns to its original setting,
This button turns the rear window the floor vents and defroster vents at either on or off, as displayed by the
defogger on and off (see page 140 ). the base of the windshield. A/C indicator.

Mode Control Air flows from the defroster REAR/REAR LOCK Button
Use the mode control dial or button vents at the base of the windshield. On EX, EX-L and Touring models
to select the vents the air flows from. When you want to change the
Some air will flow from the When you select , the system temperature of the rear passenger
dashboard vents in all modes. automatically switches to fresh air compartment, press the REAR
mode and turns on the A/C. button. The indicator in the button
Air flows from the center The passengers temperature cannot comes on, and you can change the
and corner vents in the dashboard. be set separately from the drivers. temperature using the rear
temperature control button. When
Airflow is divided between On LX and Canadian DX models you press the REAR LOCK button,
the vents in the dashboard and the The system automatically the indicator in the button comes on,
floor vents. turns on the A/C and switches to the rear A/C passenger control
recirculation mode. Air flows from panel is disabled, and you cannot
the center and side vents in the change any settings from it.
dashboard. In this mode, you cannot See page 219 for how to operate the
turn off the A/C and also cannot rear passenger control panel.
switch to fresh air mode.

212
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Vents, Heating, and A/C

Ventilation Using the Heater Using the A/C


The ventilation system draws in The heater uses engine coolant to Air conditioning places an extra load
outside air, circulates it through the warm the air. If the engine is cold, it on the engine. Watch the engine
interior, then exhausts it through will be several minutes before you coolant temperature gauge (see page
vents near the rear side panels. feel warm air coming from the 77 ). If it moves near the red mark,
system. turn off the A/C until the gauge
1. Set the temperature control dial or reads normally.
button to the lower limit. 1. Select and fresh air mode.

Features
2. Make sure the A/C is off. 2. Set the fan to the desired speed. 1. Press the A/C button. The
3. Select and fresh air mode. 3. Adjust the warmth of the air with indicator in the button comes on
4. Set the fan to the desired speed. the temperature control dial or (LX and Canadian DX models) or
buttons. A/C ON is shown in the display
(EX, EX-L and Touring models)
when a fan speed is selected.
2. Make sure the temperature is set
to the lower limit.
3. Select .
4. If the outside air is humid, select
recirculation mode. If the outside
air is dry, select fresh air mode.
5. Set the fan to the desired speed.

CONTINUED

213
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Vents, Heating, and A/C

If the interior is very warm, you can To Defog and Defrost To Remove Exterior Frost or Ice
cool it down more rapidly by partially To remove fog from the inside of the From the Windows
opening the windows, turning on the windows: 1. Select . The system
air conditioning, and setting the fan automatically switches to fresh air
to maximum speed in fresh air mode. 1. Set the fan to high. mode and turns on the A/C.
2. Select . The system
Dehumidify the Interior automatically switches to the fresh The indicator in the A/C button
Air conditioning, as it cools, removes air mode and turns on the A/C. will not come on (LX and Canadian
moisture from the air. When used in The indicator in the A/C button DX models), or the A/C ON
combination with the heater, it will not come on (LX and Canadian indicator will not come on (EX,
makes the interior warm and dry. DX models), or the A/C ON EX-L, and Touring models), if the
indicator will not come on (EX, A/C was off to start with.
1. Switch the fan on. EX-L, Touring and Touring PAX 2. Select .
2. Turn on the air conditioning. models), if the A/C was off to 3. Set the fan and temperature
3. Select and fresh air mode. start with. controls to maximum level.
4. Adjust the temperature to your 3. Adjust the temperature so the
preference. airflow feels warm. To clear the windows faster, you can
4. Select to help clear the close the dashboard corner vents by
This setting is suitable for all driving rear window. rotating the wheel next to each vent.
conditions whenever the outside This sends more warm air to the
temperature is above 32F (0C). When you switch to another mode windshield defroster vents. Once the
from , the A/C turns off. But windshield is clear, select fresh air
if it was on to start with, it stays on. mode to avoid fogging the windows.
For your safety, make sure you have
a clear view through all the windows
before driving.

214
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Vents, Heating, and A/C

Using Automatic Climate Control If you set the temperature to its Semi-automatic Operation
On EX, EX-L and Touring models lower or its upper limit, the system On EX, EX-L and Touring models
The automatic climate control runs at full cooling or heating only. It You can manually select various
system adjusts the fan speed and does not regulate the interior functions of the climate control
airflow levels to maintain the interior temperature. system when it is in fully automatic
temperature you select. mode. All other features remain
When you press a fan control button, automatically controlled. Making any
1. Press the Auto button. The the fan is taken out of AUTO mode. manual selection causes the word

Features
indicator in the button comes on. AUTO in the display to go out.
On models with navigation system
2. Set the desired temperature with In AUTO mode, the vehicles interior To Turn Everything Off
the temperature control button. temperature is independently On LX and Canadian DX models
You will see AUTO in the systems regulated for the driver and Turn the fan speed and temperature
display. You can set the drivers passenger. If the drivers side of the control dials all the way to the left,
side temperature and passengers vehicle is getting too much sun, the and turn the rear controller dial to
side temperature and the system will adjust to a lower the OFF position.
temperature of the rear passenger temperature. On EX, EX-L and Touring models
compartment separately. The Press the OFF button and the REAR
system automatically selects the In AUTO mode, the rear passenger ON/OFF button (indicator is off).
proper mix of conditioned and/or compartment temperature is also
heated air that will, as quickly as regulated independently. Keep the system completely off
possible, raise or lower the interior for short periods only.
temperature to your preference.
To keep stale air and mustiness
from collecting, you should have
the fan running at all times.

215
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Vents, Heating, and A/C

Voice Control System On EX, EX-L and Touring models


On models with navigation system You can adjust the temperature of
The climate control system for your the rear A/C unit with the REAR
vehicle can also be operated by voice button and the rear temperature
control. See the navigation section in control switch on the front control
your quick start guide for an panel.
overview of this system, and the
navigation system manual for The rear passengers can also adjust
complete details. the fan speed, temperature, and
airflow of the rear A/C unit with the
Using the Rear A/C Unit rear control panel.
On LX and Canadian DX models
You can adjust the airflow of the rear Rear Controller Dial
A/C unit with the rear controller dial (On front control panel) ON With the dial in this position,
on the front control panel. The rear On LX and Canadian DX models the rear control panel can be used by
passengers can also adjust the OFF With the dial in this position, a second row passenger to adjust the
direction and the amount of airflow no air flows to the rear vents. The rear fan speed, airflow, and
on the rear control panel. rear control panel cannot be used by temperature.
a second row passenger to adjust the
rear A/C. Turning the dial clockwise
changes the fan speed to the rear
passengers.

216
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Vents, Heating, and A/C

REAR A/C Controls On EX, EX-L and Touring models


(On front control panel) REAR Button When the
indicator in this button is off, no air
EX, EX-L and Touring models flows to the rear vents. The rear
control panel cannot be used by a
REAR LOCK BUTTON
second row passenger to adjust the
rear A/C. When the indicator in this
button is on, the rear temperature

Features
can be adjusted with the REAR
button in the center of the front
control panel. In addition, the rear
control panel can be used by a
second row passenger to adjust the
rear fan speed, airflow, and
temperature.

REAR LOCK Button When the


indicator in this button is on, the rear
control panel is disabled, and the
rear A/C can only be controlled by
the front control panel.
REAR ON/OFF BUTTON REAR TEMPERATURE
CONTROL BUTTON

217
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Vents, Heating, and A/C

Rear Control Panel On LX and Canadian DX models


The rear control panel can only be
LX and Canadian DX models used when the rear controller dial on
the front control panel is in the ON
position.

Turn the fan control dial clockwise


REAR TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIAL to increase fan speed and airflow.

Select the vents the air flows from


with the mode control dial.

When is selected, air flows


from the rear ceiling vents.

When is selected, air flows


from the rear floor vents.

When is selected, airflow is


FAN CONTROL DIAL MODE CONTROL DIAL
divided between the rear floor vents
and rear ceiling vents.

Turn the rear temperature control


dial clockwise to increase the
temperature of the airflow.

218
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Vents, Heating, and A/C

EX, EX-L and Touring models Press the top () of the fan control Pressing the AUTO button puts the
button to increase the fan speed and system in automatic operation mode.
airflow. Press the bottom () of the The rear system automatically
button to decrease it. The level of adjusts the fan speed and airflow
the fan speed is shown in the display. levels to maintain the selected
temperature of the rear passenger
Each time you press the mode compartment.
button, the mode display changes

Features
from , to , then to Pressing the OFF button shuts off
. the rear climate control system.
TEMPERATURE FAN CONTROL
CONTROL BUTTON BUTTON
When is selected, air flows
from the rear ceiling vents.
On EX, EX-L and Touring models
The rear control panel can only be When is selected, air flows
used when the indicator in the REAR from the rear floor vents.
LOCK button on the front control
panel is off. When is selected, airflow is
divided between the rear floor vents
Press the top () of the and rear ceiling vents.
temperature control button to
increase the temperature of airflow,
and the bottom () of the button to
decrease it. The temperature you
adjust is shown in the system display.

219
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Vents, Heating, and A/C, Climate Control Sensors

Rear Ceiling Vents Sunlight and Temperature


Sensors
TAB On EX, EX-L and Touring models

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

LEVER

The direction and quantity of airflow SUNLIGHT SENSOR


from each rear ceiling vent is
adjustable. The climate control system has three
sensors. A sunlight sensor is in the
To adjust the direction of air coming top of the dashboard, and a
from a rear ceiling vent, move the temperature sensor is next to the
tab in the center of each vent back- steering column. There is also a rear
and-forth, and rotate the vent with sensor on the rear sidewall near the
the tab. The lever next to each vent exhaust vent. Do not cover the
can be opened and closed to regulate sensors or spill any liquid on them.
the amount of airflow.

220
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Audio System

An audio system is standard on all LX and Canadian DX models EX and EX-L models
models. Read the appropriate pages
(as shown below) to use your
vehicles audio system.

On LX and Canadian DX models, see


pages 222 through 233 .

Features
For vehicles without navigation
system, see pages 234 through 251 .

For vehicles with navigation system,


see pages 252 through 271 . EX-L model with Rear Entertainment U.S. EX-L and Touring models with
System Rear Entertainment System with
For vehicles with rear entertainment Navigation System
system, see pages 285 through 317 .

CONTINUED

221
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the AM/FM Radio (LX and Canadian DX models)

FM BUTTON

AM BUTTON TUNE/SOUND KNOB


PWR/VOL KNOB

PRESET BUTTONS

SCAN BUTTON SEEK BAR

AUTO SELECT BUTTON

222
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the AM/FM Radio (LX and Canadian DX models)

To Play the AM/FM Radio To Select a Station SCAN The scan function samples
The ignition switch must be in the You can use any of five methods to all stations with strong signals on the
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position. find radio stations on the selected selected band. To activate it, press
Turn the system on by pushing the band: tune, seek, scan, the preset the SCAN button, then release it.
PWR/VOL knob. Adjust the volume buttons, and auto select. You will see SCAN in the display.
by turning the same knob. The system will scan for a station
TUNE Use the TUNE knob to with a strong signal. When it finds
The band and frequency that the tune the radio to a desired frequency. one, it will stop and play that station

Features
radio was last tuned to are displayed. Turn the knob right to tune to a for about 10 seconds.
To change bands, press the AM or higher frequency, or left to tune to a
FM button. On the FM band, ST will lower frequency. If you do nothing, the system will
be displayed if the station is scan for the next strong station and
broadcasting in stereo. Stereo SEEK The SEEK function play it for 10 seconds. When it plays
reproduction in AM is not available. searches up and down from the a station that you want to listen to,
current frequency to find a station press the SCAN button again.
On the AM band, AM noise with a strong signal. To activate it
reduction turns on automatically. press the or side of the bar,
then release it.

CONTINUED

223
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the AM/FM Radio (LX and Canadian DX models)

Preset Each preset button can AUTO SELECT If you are To turn off auto select, press the
store one frequency on AM and two traveling far from home and can no A. SEL (auto select) button. This
frequencies on FM. longer receive your preset stations, restores the presets you originally
you can use the auto select feature to set.
1. Select the desired band, AM or find stations in the local area.
FM. FM1 and FM2 let you store For information on AM/FM radio
two frequencies with each preset Press the A. SEL button. A. SEL frequencies and reception, see page
button. appears in the display, and the 275 .
system goes into scan mode for
2. Use the tune, seek, or scan several seconds. It stores the
function to tune the radio to a frequencies of six AM and twelve
desired station. FM stations in the preset buttons.

3. Pick a preset button, and hold it You will see a 0 displayed after
until you hear a beep. pressing a preset button if auto
select cannot find a strong station for
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 to store a that preset button.
total of six stations on AM and
twelve stations on FM. If you do not like the stations auto
select has stored, you can store
other frequencies on the preset
buttons as previously described.

224
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the AM/FM Radio (LX and Canadian DX models)

Adjusting the Sound Treble/Bass Use the TRE/BAS Audio System Lighting
Press the SOUND (TUNE) knob modes to adjust the tone to your You can use the instrument panel
repeatedly to display the bass, treble, liking. brightness control knob to adjust the
balance, and fader settings. illumination of the audio system (see
Balance/Fader These two page 139 ). The audio system
Each mode is shown in the display as modes adjust the strength of the illuminates when the parking lights
it changes. Turn the SOUND sound coming from each speaker. are on, even if the system is turned
(TUNE) knob to adjust the setting to BAL adjusts the side-to-side strength, off.

Features
your liking. When the level reaches while FAD adjusts the front-to-back
the center, you will see C in the strength.
display. The system will
automatically return the display to
the selected audio mode about 5
seconds after you stop adjusting a
mode.

225
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing a Disc (LX and Canadian DX models)

EJECT BUTTON CD SLOT

DISP BUTTON

SKIP BAR
SCAN/RPT DISC BUTTON
BUTTON
DISC BUTTON

RDM BUTTON CD BUTTON

226
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing a Disc (LX and Canadian DX models)

To Play a Disc This audio system can also play The specifications for compatible
To load or play discs, the ignition CD-Rs and CD-RWs compressed in MP3 files are:
switch must be in the ACCESSORY MP3 or WMA formats. When Sampling frequency:
(I) or ON (II) position. playing a disc in MP3, you will see 32/44.1/48 kHz (MPEG1)
MP3 in the display. In WMA 24/22.05/16 kHz (MPEG2)
You operate the disc player with the format, WMA will appear in the Bitrate:
same controls used for the radio. To display. You can select up to 99 32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/
select the disc player, press the CD folders, or up to 255 tracks/files. 160/192/224/256/320 kbps

Features
button. You will see CD in the (MPEG1)
display. NOTE: 8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/
If a file on an MP3 or WMA disc is 112/128/160 kbps (MPEG2)
protected by digital rights Compatible with variable bitrate
management (DRM), the audio unit and multi-session
Do not use discs with adhesive labels. displays UNSUPPORTED FORMAT, Maximum layers
The label can curl up and cause the and then skips to the next file. (including ROOT): 8 layers
disc to jam in the unit.
Video CDs and DVDs do not work in
this unit.

CONTINUED

227
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing a Disc (LX and Canadian DX models)

The specifications for compatible To Load a Disc Text Data Display Function
WMA files are: Insert a disc about halfway into the Each time you press the DISP
Sampling frequency: disc slot. The drive will pull the disc (preset 1) button, the display shows
32/44.1/48 kHz in the rest of the way to play it. You you the text data on a disc, if the disc
Bitrate: operate the disc player with the was recorded with text data.
48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps same controls used for the radio.
Compatible with variable bitrate The number of the current track is You can see the album, artist, and
and multi-session shown in the display. When playing a track name in the display. If a disc is
Maximum layers disc in MP3 or WMA, the numbers recorded in MP3 or WMA, you can
(including ROOT): 8 layers of the current folder and file are see the folder and file name, and the
shown. The system will continuously album, artist, and track tag.
play a disc until you change modes.
With the folder name, you will see
You cannot load and play 3-inch the FOLDER indicator in the display.
(8-cm) discs in this system. The TRACK indicator is shown with
the file or track name.
For information on how to handle
and protect compact discs, see page When you press and release the
272 . DISP button while a disc without text
data is playing, you will see NO
INFO on the display.

The display shows up to 16


characters of selected text data (the
folder name, file name, etc.).

228
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing a Disc (LX and Canadian DX models)

If the text data has more than 16 When you insert a disc, and the To Change or Select Tracks/Files
characters, you will see the first 15 system begins to play. You can use the SKIP bar while a
characters and the indicator in disc is playing to select passages and
the display. Press and hold the DISP When playing a CD-DA with text change tracks (files in MP3/WMA
button until the next 16 characters data, the album and track name are mode).
are shown. You can see up to 31 shown in the display. With a disc in
characters of the text data. MP3 or WMA, the display shows the SKIP Each time you press and
folder and file name. release the SKIP bar, the player

Features
If you press and hold the DISP skips forward to the beginning of the
button again, the display shows the When you turn on the audio system next track (file in MP3 or WMA
first 16 characters again. next time, the system keeps your mode). Press and release the
selection with the DISP button. SKIP bar to skip backward to the
If any letter is not available, it is beginning of the current track. Press
replaced with . (dot) in the display. it again to skip to the beginning of
When the disc has no text data, you the previous track.
will see NO INFO on the display.
To move rapidly within a track, press
You will also see some text data and hold the or SKIP bar.
under these conditions:

When a new folder, file, or track is


selected.

When you change the audio mode


to play a disc with text data or in
MP3 or WMA. CONTINUED

229
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing a Disc (LX and Canadian DX models)

In MP3 or WMA mode SCAN (TRACK/FILE SCAN) In MP3 or WMA mode


FOLDER SELECTION To The scan function samples all tracks F-SCAN (FOLDER SCAN) This
select a different folder, turn the (files in MP3 or WMA) on the disc in feature, when activated, samples the
TUNE knob to move to the the order they are recorded on the first file of each folder on the disc.
beginning of the next folder. Turn disc. To activate scan, press and hold To activate folder scan, press and
the knob to the right until it clicks the SCAN/RPT button. You will see hold the SCAN/RPT button to select
once to skip to the next folder, and to SCAN in the display. You will get a SCAN, then press and release the
the left to move to the beginning of 10 second sampling of each track/ button again to select folder scan.
the current folder. Turn it again to file on the disc. Press and hold the You will see F-SCAN in the display.
skip to the beginning of the previous SCAN/RPT button for about 2
folder. Turning the TUNE knob seconds to get out of scan mode and The system plays the first file in the
more than two clicks skips several play the last track/file sampled. first folder for about 10 seconds. If
folders. you do nothing, the system will then
play the first files in the next folders
for 10 seconds. After playing the first
file of the last folder, the system
plays normally.

Each time you press and release the


SCAN/RPT button, the mode
changes from file scan to folder scan,
then to normal playing.

230
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing a Disc (LX and Canadian DX models)

REPEAT (TRACK/FILE In MP3 or WMA mode RANDOM (Random within a


REPEAT) To continuously replay FOLDER-REPEAT This feature, disc) This feature plays the
a track (file in MP3 or WMA mode), when activated, replays all files on tracks (the files in MP3 or WMA
press and release the SCAN/RPT the selected folder in the order they mode) within a disc in random order.
button. You will see RPT in the are compressed. To activate folder To activate random play, press and
display. Press and hold the SCAN/ repeat, press the SCAN/RPT button release the RDM button. In MP3 or
RPT button for 2 seconds to turn it twice. You will see F-RPT in the WMA mode, press the RDM button
off. display. The system continuously twice to select RDM (within a disc

Features
replays the current folder. Press the random play). You will see RDM in
SCAN/RPT button again to turn it the display. Press the RDM button
off. again to turn it off.

Each time you press and release the


SCAN/RPT button, the mode
changes from file repeat to folder
repeat, then to normal playing.

CONTINUED

231
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing a Disc (LX and Canadian DX models)

In MP3 or WMA mode To Stop Playing a Disc Protecting Compact Discs


FOLDER-RANDOM This Press the eject button ( ) to For information on how to handle
feature, when activated, plays all remove the disc. If you eject the disc, and protect compact discs, see page
files on the selected folder in random but do not remove it from the slot, 272 .
order. To activate folder random, the system will automatically reload
press the RDM button. You will see the disc after 10 seconds and put it in
F-RDM in the display. The system pause mode. To begin playing, press
will then select and play files the CD button.
randomly. This continues until you
deactivate folder random by pressing Press the AM or FM button to
and holding the RDM button for 2 switch to the radio while a disc is
seconds. playing. Press the CD button to play
the disc.
Each time you press and release the
RDM button, the mode changes If you turn the system off while a
from folder random play to random disc is playing, either with the PWR/
play (within a disc random play), VOL knob or by turning off the
then to normal play. ignition switch, the disc will stay in
the drive. When you turn the system
back on, the disc will begin playing
where it left off.

232
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Disc Player Error Messages (LX and Canadian DX models)

The chart on the right explains the


error messages you may see in the Error Message Cause Solution
display while playing a disc.
UNSUPPORTED Track/File format not Current track will skipped. The next supported
If you see an error message in the FORMAT supported track or file plays automatically.
display while playing a disc, press BAD DISC Press the eject button and pull out the disc.
the eject button. After ejecting the CHECK MANUAL Mechanical Error Check the disc for serious damage, signs of
disc, check it for damage or PUSH EJECT deformation, excessive scratches, and/or dirt

Features
deformation. If there is no damage, (see page 273 ). Insert the disc again. If the
insert the disc again. BAD DISC Servo Error code does not disappear, or the disc cannot be
For additional information on CHECK MANUAL removed, consult your dealer. Do not try to
damaged discs, see page 273 . force the disc out of the player.

The audio system will try to play the The ejected disc will not be reloaded automatically.
disc. If there is still a problem, the
error message will reappear. Press
the eject button, and pull out the disc.
Insert a different disc. If the new
disc plays, there is a problem with
the first disc. If the error message
cycle repeats and you cannot clear it,
take your vehicle to a dealer.

233
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the AM/FM Radio (EX and EX-L models without navigation system)

EX and EX-L models EX-L model with Rear Entertainment System


EX-L model is shown.

TUNE KNOB AM/FM BUTTON


AM BUTTON
PWR/VOL KNOB SOUND PWR/VOL KNOB SOUND (TUNE) KNOB
KNOB

FM
BUTTON

PRESET BUTTONS PRESET BUTTONS


SCAN BUTTON SCAN BUTTON
SEEK BAR
AUTO SELECT BUTTON SEEK BAR AUTO SELECT BUTTON

234
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the AM/FM Radio (EX and EX-L models without navigation system)

To Play the AM/FM Radio To Select a Station SCAN The SCAN function
The ignition switch must be in the You can use any of five methods to samples all stations with strong
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position. find radio stations on the selected signals on the selected band. To
Turn the system on by pushing the band: tune, seek, scan, the preset activate it, press the SCAN button,
PWR/VOL knob. Adjust the volume buttons, and auto select. then release it. You will see SCAN in
by turning the same knob. the display. The system will scan for
TUNE Use the TUNE knob to a station with a strong signal. When
The band and frequency that the tune the radio to a desired frequency. it finds one, it will stop and play that

Features
radio was last tuned to are displayed. Turn the knob right to tune to a station for about 5 seconds.
To change bands, press the AM or higher frequency, or left to tune to a
FM button, or AM/FM button. On lower frequency. If you do nothing, the system will
the FM band, ST will be displayed if then scan for the next strong station
the station is broadcasting in stereo. SEEK The SEEK function and play it for 5 seconds. When it
Stereo reproduction in AM is not searches up and down from the plays a station you want to listen to,
available. current frequency to find a station press the SCAN button again.
with a strong signal. To activate it
On the AM band, AM noise press the or side of the bar,
reduction turns on automatically. then release it.

CONTINUED

235
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the AM/FM Radio (EX and EX-L models without navigation system)

Preset Each preset button can AUTO SELECT If you are To turn off auto select, press the
store one frequency on AM and two traveling far from home and can no A. SEL (auto select) button. This
frequencies on FM. longer receive your preset stations, restores the presets you originally
you can use the auto select feature to set.
1. Select the desired band, AM or find stations in the local area.
FM. FM1 and FM2 let you store For information on AM/FM radio
two frequencies with each preset Press the A. SEL button. A. SEL frequencies and reception, see page
button. appears in the display, and the 275 .
system goes into scan mode for
2. Use the tune, seek, or scan several seconds. It stores the
function to tune the radio to a frequencies of six AM and twelve
desired station. FM stations in the preset buttons.

3. Pick a preset button, and hold it You will see a 0 displayed after
until you hear a beep. pressing a preset button if auto
select cannot find a strong station for
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 to store a that preset button.
total of six stations on AM and
twelve stations on FM. If you do not like the stations auto
select has stored, you can store
other frequencies on the preset
buttons as previously described.

236
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the AM/FM Radio (EX and EX-L models without navigation system)

Adjusting the Sound Treble/Bass Use the TRE/BAS Audio System Lighting
Press the SOUND (TUNE) knob modes to adjust the tone to your You can use the instrument panel
repeatedly to display the bass, treble, liking. brightness control knob to adjust the
balance, and fader settings. illumination of the audio system (see
Balance/Fader These two page 139 ). The audio system
Each mode is shown in the display as modes adjust the strength of the illuminates when the parking lights
it changes. Turn the SOUND sound coming from each speaker. are on, even if the system is turned
(TUNE) knob to adjust the setting to BAL adjusts the side-to-side strength, off.

Features
your liking. When the level reaches while FAD adjusts the front-to-back
the center, you will see C in the strength.
display. The system will
automatically return the display to
the selected audio mode about 5
seconds after you stop adjusting a
mode.

237
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the XM Radio (U.S. EX and all EX-L models without navigation system)

U.S. EX and EX-L models U.S. EX and EX-L model with Rear Entertainment System
U.S. model is shown.

TUNE KNOB U.S. EX


model
PWR/VOL KNOB AUX/XM PWR/VOL KNOB TUNE KNOB
BUTTON
XM BUTTON DISP/MODE
BUTTON

AUX (XM)
BUTTON

DISP/MODE
BUTTON
PRESET BUTTONS PRESET BUTTONS

SCAN BUTTON CATEGORY BAR SCAN BUTTON CATEGORY BAR

238
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the XM Radio (U.S. EX and all EX-L models without navigation system)

Your vehicle is capable of receiving Operating the XM Radio Each time you press and release the
XM Radio anywhere in the United To listen to XM Radio, turn the DISP/MODE button, the display
States, and Canada, except Hawaii ignition switch to the ACCESSORY changes in the following sequence:
and Alaska. XM is a registered (I) or the ON (II) position. Push the channel name, channel number,
trademark of XM Satellite Radio , PWR/VOL knob to turn on the audio category, artist name, and music title.
Inc. system, and press the AUX/XM
button. Adjust the volume by turning On the audio display, you will see the
XM Radio receives signals from two the PWR/VOL knob. The last selected CHANNEL (number),

Features
satellites to produce clear, high- channel you listened to will show in CATEGORY, NAME (artist name),
quality digital reception. It offers the display. and TITLE (music title).
many channels in several categories.
Along with a large selection of MODE To switch between You may experience periods when
different types of music, XM Radio channel mode and category mode, XM Radio does not transmit the
allows you to view channel and press and hold the DISP/MODE artists name and song title
category selections in the display. button until the mode changes. information. If this happens, there is
nothing wrong with your system.
U.S. EX models In channel mode, you can select all
Though it is not equipped with an of the available channels. In category
XM Radio system, your vehicle is mode, such as Jazz, Rock, Classical,
XM Ready. If you purchase an XM etc., you can select all of the
Radio receiver, you can connect it to channels within that category.
your vehicles audio system to
receive XM broadcasts.

CONTINUED

239
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the XM Radio (U.S. EX and all EX-L models without navigation system)

On models with a rear entertainment SCAN The SCAN function gives Preset You can store up to 12
system, you cannot listen to XM you a sampling of all channels while preset channels using the six preset
Radio and a disc at the same time. in the channel mode. In the category buttons. Each button stores one
For example, when XM Radio is mode, only the stations within that channel from the XM1 band and one
playing on the front speakers, you category are scanned. To activate channel from the XM2 band.
cannot listen to a disc on the rear scan, press the SCAN button. The
speakers, or vice versa. system plays each channel in To store a channel:
numerical order for a few seconds, 1. Press the AUX/XM button. Either
TUNE Turn the tune knob left or then selects the next channel. When XM1 or XM2 will show in the
right to select channels. In the you hear a channel you want to display.
category mode, you can only select continue listening to, press the
channels within that category. button again. 2. Use the selector knob, or the
CATEGORY bar or SCAN button
CATEGORY Press either side of to tune to a desired channel.
the bar ( or ) to select another
category. In category mode, only channels
within that category can be selected.
In channel mode, all channels can be
selected.

3. Pick the preset button you want


for that channel. Press and hold
the button until you hear a beep.

240
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the XM Radio (U.S. EX and all EX-L models without navigation system)

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 to store the XM Radio Display Messages NO SIGNAL The signal is
first six channels. LOADING XM is loading the currently too weak. Move the vehicle
audio or program information. to an area away from tall buildings,
5. Press the XM button again. The and with an unobstructed view of the
other XM band will show. Store OFF AIR The channel southern horizon.
the next six channels using steps 2 currently selected is no longer
and 3. broadcasting. - - - - The selected channel
number does not exist or is not part

Features
Once a channel is stored, simply UPDATING The encryption of your subscription.
press and release the proper preset code is being updated. Wait until the
button to tune to it. encryption code is fully updated. NO INFO The selected
Channels 0 and 1 should still work channel has no artist or title
normally. information at this time.

CHECK ANTENNA There is


a problem with the XM antenna.
Please consult your dealer.

CONTINUED

241
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the XM Radio (U.S. EX and all EX-L models without navigation system)

Signal may be blocked by Signal weaker in these areas.


Depending on where you drive, you
mountains or large obstacles may experience reception problems.
to the south. Interference can be caused by any of
these conditions:

Driving on the north side of an


east/west mountain road.
Driving on the north side of a
large commercial truck on an
east/west road.
Driving in tunnels.
SATELLITE Driving on a road beside a vertical
wall, steep cliff, or hill to the south
of you.
Driving on the lower level of a
GROUND REPEATER multi-tiered road.
Driving on a single lane road
The XM satellites are in orbit over Satellite signals are more likely to be alongside dense trees taller than
the equator; therefore, objects south blocked by tall buildings and 50 ft. (15 m) to the south of you.
of the vehicle may cause satellite mountains the farther north you
reception interruptions. To help travel from the equator.
compensate for this, ground-based
repeaters are placed in major
metropolitan areas.

242
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the XM Radio (U.S. EX and all EX-L models without navigation system)

There may be other geographic Receiving XM Radio Service After youve registered with XM
situations that could affect XM Radio If your XM Radio service has expired Radio, keep your audio system in the
reception. or you purchased your vehicle from XM Radio mode while you wait for
a previous owner, you can listen to a activation. This should take about 30
As required by the FCC: sampling of the broadcasts available minutes.
Changes or modifications not expressly on XM Radio. With the ignition
approved by the party responsible for switch in the ACCESSORY (I) or the While waiting for activation, make
compliance could void the users ON (II) position, push the PWR/ sure your vehicle remains in an open

Features
authority to operate the equipment. VOL knob to turn on the audio area with good reception. Once your
system and press the AUX/XM audio system is activated,
button. A variety of music types and CATEGORY or CH will appear in
styles will play. the display, and youll be able to
listen to XM Radio broadcasts. XM
If you decide to purchase XM Radio Radio will continue to send an
service, contact XM Radio at activation signal to your vehicle for
www.xmradio.com, or at at least 12 hours from the activation
1-800-852-9696. In Canada, contact request. If the service has not been
XM Canada at www.xmradio.ca, or at activated after 36 hours, contact XM
1-877-438-9677. You will need to give Radio.
them your radio I.D. number and
your credit card number. To get your
radio I.D. number, turn the TUNE
knob until 0 appears in the display.
Your I.D. will appear in the display.

243
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing Discs (EX and EX-L models without navigation system)

EX and EX-L models EX-L model with Rear Entertainment System

CD SLOT LOAD INDICATOR

LOAD INDICATOR CD BUTTON CD SLOT

EJECT BUTTON LOAD BUTTON LOAD BUTTON EJECT BUTTON

DISP
BUTTON

DISP
BUTTON

SKIP BAR CD BUTTON SKIP BAR


SCAN/RPT
BUTTON DISC BUTTON DISC BUTTON

RDM BUTTON DISC BUTTON SCAN/RPT DISC BUTTON


BUTTON
RDM BUTTON

244
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing Discs (EX and EX-L models without navigation system)

Operating the CD Changer NOTE: The specifications for compatible


Your vehicles audio system has an If a file on an MP3 or WMA disc is WMA files are:
in-dash disc changer that holds up to protected by digital rights Sampling frequency:
six discs. You operate this disc management (DRM), the audio unit 32/44.1/48 kHz
changer with the same controls used displays UNSUPPORTED FORMAT, Bitrate:
for the radio. To operate the disc and then skips to the next file. 48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps
changer, the ignition switch must be Compatible with variable bitrate
in the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) Video CDs and DVDs do not work in and multi-session

Features
position. this unit. Maximum layers
(including ROOT): 8 layers
The specifications for compatible
MP3 files are: Loading CDs in the Changer
Do not use discs with adhesive labels. Sampling frequency: To load multiple discs in one
The label can curl up and cause the 32/44.1/48 kHz (MPEG1) operation:
disc to jam in the unit. 24/22.05/16 kHz (MPEG2)
Bitrate: 1. Press and hold the LOAD button
This audio system can also play 32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/ beside the CD slot until you see
CD-Rs and CD-RWs compressed in 160/192/224/256/320 kbps LOAD in the display, then
MP3 or WMA formats. When (MPEG1) release the button.
playing a disc in MP3, you will see 8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/
MP3 in the display. In WMA 112/128/160 kbps (MPEG2) 2. On the upper right side of the
format, WMA will appear in the Compatible with variable bitrate display, the disc number for an
display. You can select up to 99 and multi-session empty position will begin blinking,
folders, or up to 255 tracks/files. Maximum layers and the green CD load indicator
(including ROOT): 8 layers will come on.
CONTINUED

245
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing Discs (EX and EX-L models without navigation system)

3. Insert the disc into the CD slot. To load a single disc: If you press the LOAD button
Insert it only about halfway; the while a disc is playing, the system
drive will pull it in the rest of the 1. Press and release the LOAD will stop playing that disc and start
way. You will see BUSY in the button. the loading sequence. It will then
display. The CD loaded indicator play the disc just loaded.
turns red and blinks as the disc is 2. When the disc number for an
loaded. empty position starts to blink and You can also load a disc into an
the green CD load indicator comes empty position while a disc is
4. When LOAD appears again in on, you will see LOAD in the playing by pressing the
the display, insert the next disc display. Insert the disc into the CD appropriate preset button. Select
into the CD slot. slot. Insert it only about halfway, an empty position (the disc
the drive will pull it in the rest of number indicator is off), and press
5. Repeat this until all six positions the way. the preset button for that position
are loaded. The system will then (1 to 6). The system will stop
begin playing the last disc loaded. 3. The system will load the disc and playing the current disc and start
begin playing it. the loading sequence. It will then
If you are not loading discs into all play the disc just loaded.
six positions, press the LOAD button
again after the last disc has loaded. You cannot load and play 3-inch
The system will begin playing the (8-cm) discs in this system.
last disc loaded.
If you stop loading discs before all
six positions are filled, the system
will wait for 10 seconds, stop the load
operation, and begin playing the last
disc loaded.

246
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing Discs (EX and EX-L models without navigation system)

Text Data Display Function If the text data has more than 16 When playing a CD-DA with text
Each time you press the DISP button, characters, you will see the first 15 data, the album and track name are
the display shows you the text data characters and the indicator in shown in the display. With a disc in
on a disc, if the disc was recorded the display. Press and hold the DISP MP3 or WMA, the display shows the
with text data. button until the next 16 characters folder and file name.
are shown. You can see up to 31 When you turn on the audio system
You can see the album, artist, and characters of the text data. next time, the system keeps your
track name in the display. If a disc is If you press and hold the DISP selection with the DISP button.

Features
recorded in MP3 or WMA, you can button again, the display shows the
see the folder and file name, and the first 16 characters again. To Change or Select Tracks/Files
album, artist, and track tag. You can use the SKIP bar while a
If any letter is not available, it is disc is playing to select passages and
With the folder name, you will see replaced with . (dot) in the display. change tracks (files in MP3/WMA
the FOLDER indicator in the display. When the disc has no text data, you mode).
The TRACK indicator is shown with will see NO INFO on the display.
the file or track name. SKIP Each time you press and
You will also see some text data release the SKIP bar, the player
When you press and release the under these conditions: skips forward to the beginning of the
DISP button while a disc without text When a new folder, file, or track is next track (file in MP3 or WMA
data is playing, you will see NO selected. mode). Press and release the
INFO on the display. When you change the audio mode SKIP bar to skip backward to the
to play a disc with text data or in beginning of the current track. Press
The display shows up to 16 MP3 or WMA. it again to skip to the beginning of
characters of selected text data (the When you insert a disc, and the the previous track.
folder name, file name, etc.). system begins to play. To move rapidly within a track, press
and hold the or SKIP bar.

247
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing Discs (EX and EX-L models without navigation system)

In MP3 or WMA mode In MP3 or WMA mode DISC SCAN This feature, when
FOLDER SELECTION To F-SCAN (FOLDER SCAN) This activated, samples the first track (file
select a different folder, turn the feature, when activated, samples the in MP3 or WMA) in each disc. To
TUNE knob to move to the first file of each folder on the disc. activate the DISC SCAN feature,
beginning of the next folder. Turn To activate folder scan, press and press and hold the SCAN/RPT
the knob to the right until it clicks hold the SCAN/RPT button to select button to select SCAN, then press
once to skip to the next folder, and to SCAN, then press and release the and release the button twice to select
the left to move to the beginning of button again to select folder scan. disc scan. You will see D-SCAN in
the current folder. Turn it again to You will see F-SCAN in the display. the display. The system will then
skip to the beginning of the previous play the first track/file in the disc for
folder. Turning the TUNE knob The system plays the first file in the about 10 seconds. If you do nothing,
more than two clicks skips several first folder for about 10 seconds. If the system will then play the first
folders. you do nothing, the system will then track/file in the remaining discs for
play the first files in the next folders 10 seconds each. After playing the
SCAN (TRACK/FILE SCAN) for 10 seconds. After playing the first first track/file of the last disc, the
The scan function samples all tracks file of the last folder, the system system plays normally.
(files in MP3 or WMA) on the disc in plays normally.
the order they are recorded on the Each time you press and release the
disc. To activate scan, press and hold Press and hold the SCAN/RPT SCAN/RPT button, the mode
the SCAN/RPT button. You will see button for 2 seconds to get out of changes from scan, to folder scan, to
SCAN in the display. You will get a scan mode and play the last file disc scan, then to normal playing.
10 second sampling of each track/ sampled.
file on the disc. Press and hold the
SCAN/RPT button for about 2
seconds to get out of scan mode and
play the last track/file sampled.

248
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing Discs (EX and EX-L models without navigation system)

REPEAT (TRACK/FILE DISC REPEAT To activate the In MP3 or WMA mode


REPEAT) To continuously replay DISC REPEAT feature, press the FOLDER-RANDOM This
a track (file in MP3 or WMA mode), SCAN/RPT button three times. You feature, when activated, plays all
press and release the SCAN/RPT will see D-RPT in the display as a files on the selected folder in random
button. You will see RPT in the reminder. The system continuously order. To activate folder random,
display. Press and hold the SCAN/ replays the current disc. Press the press the RDM button. You will see
RPT button for 2 seconds to turn it SCAN/RPT button again to turn it F-RDM in the display. The system
off. off. will then select and play files

Features
randomly. This continues until you
In MP3 or WMA mode Each time you press and release the deactivate folder random by pressing
FOLDER-REPEAT This feature, SCAN/RPT button, the mode and holding the RDM button for 2
when activated, replays all files on changes from file repeat, to folder seconds.
the selected folder in the order they repeat, to disc repeat, then to normal
are compressed. To activate folder playing. Each time you press and release the
repeat, press the SCAN/RPT button RDM button, the mode changes
twice. You will see F-RPT in the RANDOM (Random within a from folder random play to random
display. The system continuously disc) This feature plays the play (within a disc random play),
replays the current folder. Press and tracks (the files in MP3 or WMA then to normal play.
hold the SCAN/RPT button for 2 mode) within a disc in random order.
seconds to turn it off. To activate random play, press and
release the RDM button. In MP3 or
WMA mode, press the RDM button
twice to select RDM (within a disc
random play). You will see RDM in
the display. Press the RDM button
again to turn it off.

249
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing Discs (EX and EX-L models without navigation system)

Removing Discs from the In-dash If you press the eject button while Protecting Compact Discs
Disc Changer listening to the radio, or with the For information on how to handle
To remove the disc that is currently audio system turned off, the disc and protect compact discs, see page
playing, press the eject button. You that was last selected is ejected. 272 .
will see EJECT in the display. After that disc is ejected, pressing
When you remove the disc from the the eject button again will eject the
slot, the system automatically begins next disc in numerical order. By
the load sequence so you can load doing this six times, you can remove
another disc in that position. If you all the CDs from the changer.
do not load another disc after 15
seconds, the system selects the In any mode, if you press the eject
previous mode (AM, FM, or XM). button and hold it until you hear a
beep, the system will eject all of the
If you do not remove the disc from discs in the changer.
the slot, the system will reload the
disc after 10 seconds, and select the You can also eject discs when the
previous mode (AM, FM, or XM). To ignition switch is off. The disc that
begin playing the disc, press the CD was last selected is ejected first. You
button. can eject up to six discs, one at a
time.
To remove a different disc from the
changer, first select it with the
appropriate preset button. When that
disc begins playing, press the eject
button.

250
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Disc Changer Error Messages (EX and EX-L models without navigation system)

The chart on the right explains the


error messages you may see in the Error Message Cause Solution
display while playing a disc.
HEAT ERROR High temperature Will disappear when the temperature returns to
If you see an error message in the normal.
display while playing a disc, press UNSUPPORTED Track/File format not Current track will be skipped. The next
the eject button. After ejecting the FORMAT supported supported track or file plays automatically.
disc, check it for damage or BAD DISC Press the EJECT button and pull out the disc(s).

Features
deformation. If there is no damage, PLEASE CHECK Check the disc for serious damage, signs of
insert the disc again. OWNERS Mechanical Error deformation, excessive scratches, and/or dirt
For additional information on MANUAL PUSH (see page 273 ). Insert the disc again. If the
damaged discs, see page 273 . EJECT code does not disappear, or the disc(s) cannot
BAD DISC be removed, consult your dealer. Do not try to
The audio system will try to play the PLEASE CHECK Servo Error force the disc out of the player.
disc. If there is still a problem, the OWNERS
error message will reappear. Press MANUAL
the eject button, and pull out the disc.
Insert a different disc. If the new
disc plays, there is a problem with
the first disc. If the error message
cycle repeats and you cannot clear it,
take your vehicle to a dealer.

251
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the AM/FM Radio (Models with navigation system)

Voice Control System


The audio system for your vehicle
can also be operated by voice control.
See the navigation section in your
quick start guide for an overview of SCAN BUTTON
this system, and the navigation
system manual for complete details. AUTO SELECT AM/FM BUTTON SEEK BAR
BUTTON
XM BUTTON

PRESET BUTTONS

PWR/VOL KNOB TUNE/SOUND KNOB

252
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the AM/FM Radio (Models with navigation system)

To Play the AM/FM Radio TUNE Use the TUNE knob to If you do nothing, the system will
The ignition switch must be in the tune the radio to a desired frequency. scan for the next strong station and
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position. Turn the knob right to tune to a play it for 10 seconds. When it plays
Turn the system on by pushing the higher frequency, or left to tune to a a station that you want to listen to,
PWR/VOL knob. Adjust the volume lower frequency. press the SCAN button again.
by turning the same knob.
SEEK The SEEK function Preset Each preset button can
You can also operate the audio searches up and down from the store one frequency on AM and two

Features
system using the control icons on the current frequency to find a station frequencies on FM.
audio screen. with a strong signal. To activate it
press the or side of the bar, 1. Select the desired band, AM or
The band and frequency that the then release it. FM. FM1 and FM2 let you store
radio was last tuned to is displayed. two frequencies with each preset
To change bands, press the AM/FM SCAN The scan function samples button (icon).
button. On the FM band, ST will be all stations with strong signals on the
displayed if the station is selected band. To activate it, press 2. Use the tune, seek, or scan
broadcasting in stereo. Stereo the SCAN button, then release it. function to tune the radio to a
reproduction in AM is not available. You will see SCAN in the display. desired station.
The system will scan for a station
To Select a Station with a strong signal. When it finds 3. Pick a preset button (icon), and
You can use any of five methods to one, it will stop and play that station hold it until you hear a beep.
find radio stations on the selected for about 10 seconds.
band: tune, seek, scan, the preset 4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 to store a
buttons, and auto select. total of six stations on AM and
twelve stations on FM.
CONTINUED

253
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the AM/FM Radio (Models with navigation system)

AUTO SELECT If you are To turn off auto select, press the Adjusting the Sound
traveling far from home and can no A.SEL button or touch the AUTO Press the SOUND (TUNE) knob
longer receive your preset stations, SELECT icon. This restores the repeatedly to display the bass, treble,
you can use the auto select feature to presets you originally set. balance, and fader settings.
find stations in the local area.
For information on AM/FM radio Each mode is shown in the display as
Press the A. SEL button. A. SEL frequencies and reception, see page it changes. Turn the SOUND
appears in the display, and the 275 . (TUNE) knob to adjust the setting to
system goes into scan mode for your liking. When the level reaches
several seconds. It stores the the center, you will see C in the
frequencies of six AM and twelve display. The system will
FM stations in the preset buttons. automatically return the display to
the selected audio mode about 5
You will see a 0 displayed after seconds after you stop adjusting a
pressing a preset button if auto mode.
select cannot find a strong station for
that preset button. Treble/Bass Use the TRE/BAS
modes to adjust the tone to your
If you do not like the stations auto liking.
select has stored, you can store
other frequencies on the preset Balance/Fader These two
buttons (icons) as previously modes adjust the strength of the
described. sound coming from each speaker.
BAL adjusts the side-to-side strength,
while FAD adjusts the front-to-back
strength.

254
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the AM/FM Radio (Models with navigation system)

Operating the Radio on the While you are listening to the radio,
Navigation System Screen you can change to another band by
pressing the AUDIO button next to
AUDIO BUTTON the navigation system screen, and
then touching the desired band icon
(FM1, FM2, or AM).

AUTO SELECT, SCAN, and SEEK

Features
are adjustable from the navigation
screen. For an explanation of these
functions, see pages 253 and 254 .

On models with navigation system AUTO SELECT Touch the


In addition to the knobs and buttons AUTO SELECT icon to activate the
on the radio control panel, you can auto select function. You will see
operate some of the radio controls AUTO SEL in the upper display.
on the navigation system screen.
SCAN Touch the SCAN icon to
activate the scan function. You will
see SCAN on the display. Touch the
icon again to deactivate it.

CONTINUED

255
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the AM/FM Radio (Models with navigation system)

Adjusting the Sound Treble/Bass To adjust the treble Audio System Lighting
and bass, touch or on each You can use the instrument panel
side of the treble or bass adjustment brightness control knob to adjust the
bar. The adjustment bar shows you illumination of the audio system (see
the current setting. page 139 ). The audio system
illuminates when the parking lights
Left/Right Balance and Front/ are on, even if the system is turned
Rear Fader These modes adjust off.
the strength of the sound coming
from each speaker. Left/Right
balance adjusts the side-to-side
strength, while Front/Rear fader
adjust the front-to-back strength. To
adjust the left/right balance, touch
You can also adjust the sound from the L or R icon.
the navigation screen.
To adjust the front/rear fader, touch
To adjust the sound, push the the FR or RR icon.
AUDIO button, then enter the sound
grid by touching the SOUND icon on To see the audio display when you
the display. are finished adjusting the sound,
wait 5 seconds.

256
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)

SCAN/RPT BUTTON DISP/MODE BUTTON

AUTO SELECT BUTTON AM/FM BUTTON SEEK BAR


XM BUTTON

Features
PRESET BUTTONS
PWR/VOL KNOB TUNE KNOB

CONTINUED
257
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)

Your vehicle is capable of receiving Operating the XM Radio


XM Radio anywhere in the United To listen to XM Radio, turn the
States, and Canada, except Hawaii ignition switch to the ACCESSORY
and Alaska. XM is a registered (I) or ON (II) position. Push the
trademark of XM Satellite Radio , PWR/VOL knob to turn on the audio
Inc. system, and press the
button. Adjust the volume
XM Radio receives signals from two by turning the PWR/VOL knob. The
satellites to produce clear, high- last channel you listened to will show
quality digital reception. It offers in the display.
many channels in several categories. You can also change to the XM Each time you press and release the
Along with a large selection of Radio while you are listening to an DISP/MODE button, the display
different types of music, XM Radio FM station, AM station, CD, etc. by changes in the following sequence:
allows you to view channel and touching the XM1 or XM2 icon on channel name, channel number,
category selections in the display. the audio display (navigation system category, artist name, and music title.
The navigation system screen also screen).
shows all XM information when the On the audio display, you will see the
AUDIO button is pressed. MODE To switch between selected CHANNEL (number),
channel mode and category mode, CATEGORY, NAME (artist name),
press and hold the DISP/MODE and TITLE (music title).
button until the mode changes.
In channel mode, you can select all You may experience periods when
of the available channels. In category XM Radio does not transmit the
mode, such as Jazz, Rock, Classical, artists name and song title
etc., you can select all of the information. If this happens, there is
channels within that category. nothing wrong with your system.

258
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)

On models with a rear entertainment seconds, then selects the next In category mode, only channels
system and a navigation system, you channel. When you hear a channel within that category can be selected.
cannot listen to XM Radio and a disc you want to continue listening to, In channel mode, all channels can be
at the same time. For example, when press the button or touch the icon selected.
XM Radio is playing on the front again.
speakers, you cannot listen to a disc 3. Pick the preset button (icon) you
on the rear speakers, or vice versa. Preset You can store up to 12 want for that channel. Press and
preset channels using the six preset hold the button (icon) until you

Features
TUNE Turn the tune knob left or buttons or preset icons on the audio hear a beep.
right to select channels. In the display. Each button stores one 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 to store the
category mode, you can only select channel from the XM1 band and one first six channels.
channels within that category. channel from the XM2 band. 5. Press the button again or
touch the other XM icon (XM1 or
CATEGORY Press either side of To store a channel: XM2) on the audio display. Store
the bar ( or ) to select another 1. Press the button. Either the next six channels using steps 2
category. XM1 or XM2 will show in the and 3.
display.
SCAN The scan function gives 2. Use the TUNE knob, the Once a channel is stored, press and
you a sampling of all channels while CATEGORY bar, or the SCAN release the proper preset button
in the channel mode. In the category button to tune to a desired channel. (icon) to tune to it.
mode, only the channels within that You can also touch the SCAN icon
category are scanned. To activate on the audio display.
scan, press the SCAN/RPT button or
touch the SCAN icon on the audio
display. The system plays each
channel in numerical order for a few

259
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)

XM Radio Display Messages NO SIGNAL The signal is CHECK ANTENNA There is


LOADING XM is loading the currently too a problem with the XM antenna.
audio or program weak. Move the Please consult your dealer.
information. vehicle to an area
away from tall
OFF AIR The channel buildings, and
currently selected is with an
no longer unobstructed view
broadcasting. of the southern
horizon.
UPDATING The encryption
code is being - - - - The selected channel
updated. Wait number does not exist, or
until the is not part of your
encryption code is subscription, or this
fully updated. channel has no artist or
Channels 0 and 1 title information at this
should still work time.
normally.
NO INFO This channel has no
artist or title
information at this
time.

260
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)

Signal may be blocked by mountains Signal weaker in these areas. Depending on where you drive, you
or large obstacles to the south. may experience reception problems.
Interference can be caused by any of
these conditions:

Driving on the north side of an


east/west mountain road.
Driving on the north side of a

Features
large commercial truck on an
SATELLITE east/west road.
Driving in tunnels.
Driving on a road beside a vertical
wall, steep cliff, or hill to the south
of you.
Driving on the lower level of a
GROUND REPEATER multi-tiered road.
Driving on a single lane road
The XM satellites are in orbit over mountains the farther north you alongside dense trees taller than
the equator; therefore, objects south travel from the equator. 50 ft. (15 m) to the south of you.
of the vehicle may cause satellite
reception interruptions. To help
compensate for this, ground-based
repeaters are placed in major
metropolitan areas.
Satellite signals are more likely to be
blocked by tall buildings and CONTINUED

261
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)

There may also be other geographic Receiving XM Radio Service After youve registered with XM
situations or structures that could If your XM Radio service has expired Radio, keep your audio system in the
affect satellite radio reception. or you purchased your vehicle from satellite radio mode while you wait
a previous owner, you can listen to a for activation. This should take about
As required by the FCC: sampling of the broadcasts available 30 minutes.
Changes or modifications not expressly on XM satellite radio. With the
approved by the party responsible for ignition switch in the ACCESSORY While waiting for activation, make
compliance could void the users (I) or the ON (II) position, push the sure your vehicle remains in an open
authority to operate the equipment. PWR/VOL knob to turn on the audio area with good reception. Once your
system and press the XM RADIO audio system is activated,
button. A variety of music types and CATEGORY or CH will appear in
styles will play. the display, and youll be able to
listen to XM Radio broadcasts. XM
If you decide to purchase XM Radio Radio will continue to send an
service, contact XM Radio at activation signal to your vehicle for
www.xmradio.com, or at at least 12 hours from the activation
1-800-852-9696. In Canada, contact request. If the service has not been
XM Canada at www.xmradio.ca, or at activated after 36 hours, contact XM
1-877-438-9677. You will need to give Radio.
them your radio I.D. number and
your credit card number. To get your
radio I.D. number, turn the TUNE
knob until 0 appears in the display.
Your I.D. will appear in the display.

262
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing Discs (Models with navigation system)

LOAD BUTTON CD SLOT LOAD INDICATOR EJECT BUTTON

Features
RDM BUTTON CD BUTTON DISP BUTTON
SCAN/RPT BUTTON SKIP BAR

DISC BUTTON DISC BUTTON

CONTINUED
263
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing Discs (Models with navigation system)

Operating the CD Changer This audio system can also play The specifications for compatible
Your vehicles audio system has an CD-Rs and CD-RWs compressed in MP3 files are:
in-dash disc changer that holds up to MP3 or WMA formats. When Sampling frequency:
six discs. You operate this disc playing a disc in MP3, you will see 32/44.1/48 kHz (MPEG1)
changer with the same controls used MP3 in the display. In WMA 24/22.05/16 kHz (MPEG2)
for the radio. To operate the disc format, WMA will appear in the Bitrate:
changer, the ignition switch must be display. You can select up to 99 32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/
in the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) folders, or up to 255 tracks/files. 160/192/224/256/320 kbps
position. (MPEG1)
NOTE: 8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/
If a file on an MP3 or WMA disc is 112/128/160 kbps (MPEG2)
protected by digital rights Compatible with variable bitrate
Do not use discs with adhesive labels. management (DRM), the audio unit and multi-session
The label can curl up and cause the displays UNSUPPORTED FORMAT, Maximum layers
disc to jam in the unit. and then skips to the next file. (including ROOT): 8 layers

Video CDs and DVDs do not work in The specifications for compatible
this unit. WMA files are:
Sampling frequency:
32/44.1/48 kHz
Bitrate:
48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps
Compatible with variable bitrate
and multi-session
Maximum layers
(including ROOT): 8 layers

264
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing Discs (Models with navigation system)

The CD changer is behind the Loading Discs in the In-dash Disc 2. The indicators above the disc
navigation system screen. To use the Changer buttons of the empty positions will
CD changer, press the OPEN button blink, and the green load indicator
beside the screen. The screen folds LOAD BUTTON LOAD INDICATOR above the CD slot comes on.
back, and the CD changer appears.
3. Insert a disc into the CD slot.
Insert it only about halfway; the
drive will pull it in the rest of the

Features
way. You will see BUSY in the
display. The CD load indicator
turns red and blinks as the disc is
loaded.

4. When LOAD appears again in


the display, insert the next disc
To load multiple discs in one into the CD slot.
OPEN BUTTON operation:
5. Repeat this until all six positions
To return the screen to the upright 1. Press and hold the LOAD button are loaded. The system will then
position, press the OPEN button beside the CD slot until you see begin playing the first disc loaded.
again. Do not use the folded screen LOAD in the display, then
as a tray. If you put a cup, for release the button. If you stop loading discs before all
example, on the screen, the liquid six positions are filled, the system
inside the cup may spill on the will wait for 10 seconds, then stop
screen when you go over a bump. the load operation and begin playing
the last disc loaded. CONTINUED

265
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing Discs (Models with navigation system)

To load a single disc: If you press the LOAD button while Text Data Display Function
a disc is playing, the system will stop Each time you press the DISP button,
1. Press and release the LOAD playing that disc and start the the display shows you the text data
button. loading sequence. It will then play on a disc, if the disc was recorded
the disc just loaded. with text data.
2. The indicators above the Disc
buttons of the empty positions will You can also load a disc into an You can see the album, artist, and
blink, and the green CD load empty position while a disc is playing track name in the display. If a disc is
indicator comes on. When you see by pressing the appropriate disc recorded in MP3 or WMA, you can
LOAD in the display, insert the button. Select an empty disc button see the folder and file name, and the
disc into the CD slot. Insert it only (the indicator above the button is album, artist, and track tag.
about halfway; the drive will pull it off), and press the button. The
in the rest of the way. system will stop playing the current With the folder name, you will see
disc and start the loading sequence. the FOLDER indicator in the display.
3. The system will load the disc and It will then play the disc just loaded. The TRACK indicator is shown with
begin playing it. the file or track name.
You cannot load and play 3-inch
(8-cm) discs in this system. When you press and release the
DISP button while a disc without text
data is playing, you will see NO
INFO on the display.

The display shows up to 16


characters of selected text data (the
folder name, file name, etc.).

266
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing Discs (Models with navigation system)

If the text data has more than 16 When you insert a disc, and the To Change or Select Tracks/Files
characters, you will see the first 15 system begins to play. You can use the SKIP bar while a
characters and the indicator in disc is playing to select passages and
the display. Press and hold the DISP When playing a CD-DA with text change tracks (files in MP3/WMA
button until the next 16 characters data, the album and track name are mode).
are shown. You can see up to 31 shown in the display. With a disc in
characters of the text data. MP3 or WMA, the display shows the SKIP Each time you press and
folder and file name. release the SKIP bar, the player

Features
If you press and hold the DISP skips forward to the beginning of the
button again, the display shows the When you turn on the audio system next track (file in MP3 or WMA
first 16 characters again. next time, the system keeps your mode). Press and release the
selection with the DISP button. SKIP bar to skip backward to the
If any letter is not available, it is beginning of the current track. Press
replaced with . (dot) in the display. it again to skip to the beginning of
When the disc has no text data, you the previous track.
will see NO INFO on the display.
To move rapidly within a track, press
You will also see some text data and hold the or SKIP bar.
under these conditions:

When a new folder, file, or track is


selected.

When you change the audio mode


to play a disc with text data or in
MP3 or WMA.

267
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing Discs (Models with navigation system)

In MP3 or WMA mode In MP3 or WMA mode DISC SCAN This feature, when
FOLDER SELECTION To F-SCAN (FOLDER SCAN) This activated, samples the first track (file
select a different folder, turn the feature, when activated, samples the in MP3 or WMA) in each disc. To
TUNE knob to move to the first file of each folder on the disc. activate the DISC SCAN feature,
beginning of the next folder. Turn To activate folder scan, press and press and hold the SCAN/RPT
the knob to the right until it clicks hold the SCAN/RPT button to select button to select SCAN, then press
once to skip to the next folder, and to SCAN, then press and release the and release the button twice to select
the left to move to the beginning of button again to select folder scan. disc scan. You will see D-SCAN in
the current folder. Turn it again to You will see F-SCAN in the display. the display. The system will then
skip to the beginning of the previous play the first track/file in the disc for
folder. Turning the TUNE knob The system plays the first file in the about 10 seconds. If you do nothing,
more than two clicks skips several first folder for about 10 seconds. If the system will then play the first
folders. you do nothing, the system will then track/file in the remaining discs for
play the first files in the next folders 10 seconds each. After playing the
SCAN (TRACK/FILE SCAN) for 10 seconds. After playing the first first track/file of the last disc, the
The scan function samples all tracks file of the last folder, the system system plays normally.
(files in MP3 or WMA) on the disc in plays normally.
the order they are recorded on the Each time you press and release the
disc. To activate scan, press and hold Press and hold the SCAN/RPT SCAN/RPT button, the mode
the SCAN/RPT button. You will see button for 2 seconds to get out of changes from scan, to folder scan, to
SCAN in the display. You will get a scan mode and play the last file disc scan, then to normal playing.
10 second sampling of each track/ sampled.
file on the disc. Press and hold the
SCAN/RPT button for about 2
seconds to get out of scan mode and
play the last track/file sampled.

268
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing Discs (Models with navigation system)

REPEAT (TRACK/FILE DISC REPEAT To activate the In MP3 or WMA mode


REPEAT) To continuously replay DISC REPEAT feature, press the FOLDER-RANDOM This
a track (file in MP3 or WMA mode), SCAN/RPT button three times. You feature, when activated, plays all
press and release the SCAN/RPT will see D-RPT in the display as a files on the selected folder in random
button. You will see RPT in the reminder. The system continuously order. To activate folder random,
display. Press and hold the SCAN/ replays the current disc. Press the press the RDM button. You will see
RPT button for 2 seconds to turn it SCAN/RPT button again to turn it F-RDM in the display. The system
off. off. will then select and play files

Features
randomly. This continues until you
In MP3 or WMA mode Each time you press and release the deactivate folder random by pressing
FOLDER-REPEAT This feature, SCAN/RPT button, the mode and holding the RDM button for 2
when activated, replays all files on changes from file repeat, to folder seconds.
the selected folder in the order they repeat, to disc repeat, then to normal
are compressed. To activate folder playing. Each time you press and release the
repeat, press the SCAN/RPT button RDM button, the mode changes
twice. You will see F-RPT in the RANDOM (Random within a from folder random play to random
display. The system continuously disc) This feature plays the play (within a disc random play),
replays the current folder. Press and tracks (the files in MP3 or WMA then to normal play.
hold the SCAN/RPT button for 2 mode) within a disc in random order.
seconds to turn it off. To activate random play, press and
release the RDM button. In MP3 or
WMA mode, press the RDM button
twice to select RDM (within a disc
random play). You will see RDM in
the display. Press the RDM button
again to turn it off.

269
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing Discs (Models with navigation system)

Removing Discs from the In-dash If you press the eject button while Protecting Compact Discs
Disc Changer listening to the radio, or with the For information on how to handle
To remove the disc that is currently audio system turned off, the disc and protect compact discs, see page
playing, press the eject button. You that was last selected is ejected. 272 .
will see EJECT in the display. After that disc is ejected, pressing
When you remove the disc from the the eject button again will eject the
slot, the system automatically begins next disc in numerical order. By
the load sequence so you can load doing this six times, you can remove
another disc in that position. If you all the CDs from the changer.
do not load another disc after 15
seconds, the system selects the In any mode, if you press the eject
previous mode (AM, FM, or XM). button and hold it until you hear a
beep, the system will eject all of the
If you do not remove the disc from discs in the changer.
the slot, the system will reload the
disc after 10 seconds, and select the You can also eject discs when the
previous mode (AM, FM, or XM). To ignition switch is off. The disc that
begin playing the disc, press the CD was last selected is ejected first. You
button. can eject up to six discs, one at a
time.
To remove a different disc from the
changer, first select it with the
appropriate preset button. When that
disc begins playing, press the eject
button.

270
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Disc Changer Error Messages (Models with navigation system)

The chart on the right explains the


error messages you may see in the Error Message Cause Solution
display while playing a disc.
HEAT ERROR High temperature Will disappear when the temperature returns to
If you see an error message in the normal.
display while playing a disc, press UNSUPPORTED Track/File format not Current track will be skipped. The next
the eject button. After ejecting the FORMAT supported supported track or file plays automatically.
disc, check it for damage or BAD DISC Press the EJECT button and pull out the disc(s).

Features
deformation. If there is no damage, PLEASE CHECK Check the disc for serious damage, signs of
insert the disc again. OWNERS Mechanical Error deformation, excessive scratches, and/or dirt
For additional information on MANUAL PUSH (see page 273 ). Insert the disc again. If the
damaged discs, see page 273 . EJECT code does not disappear, or the disc(s) cannot
BAD DISC be removed, consult your dealer. Do not try to
The audio system will try to play the PLEASE CHECK Servo Error force the disc out of the player.
disc. If there is still a problem, the OWNERS
error message will reappear. Press MANUAL
the eject button, and pull out the disc.
Insert a different disc. If the new
disc plays, there is a problem with
the first disc. If the error message
cycle repeats and you cannot clear it,
take your vehicle to a dealer.

271
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Your Discs

General Information Protecting Discs


When using CD-R discs, use only When a disc is not being played,
high quality discs labeled for audio store it in its case to protect it from
use. dust and other contamination. To
prevent warpage, keep discs out of
When recording a CD-R, the direct sunlight and extreme heat.
recording must be closed for it to
be used. To clean a disc, use a clean soft cloth.
Wipe across the disc from the center
CD-RW discs will not work in this to the outside edge.
unit.
A new disc may be rough on the
Play only standard round discs. inner and outer edges. The small
Odd-shaped CDs may jam in the plastic pieces causing this roughness Handle a disc by its edges; never
drive or cause other problems. can flake off and fall on the touch either surface. Do not place
recording surface of the disc, stabilizer rings or labels on the disc.
Handle your discs properly to causing skipping or other problems. These, along with contamination
prevent damage and skipping. Remove these pieces by rubbing the from fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip
inner and outer edges with the side pens, can cause the disc to not play
of a pencil or pen. properly, or possibly jam in the drive.

Never try to insert foreign objects in


the disc player or the disc changer.

272
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Your Discs

Additional Information on 1. Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and excessively thick discs


Recommended Discs
The in-dash disc player/changer has
a sophisticated and delicate
mechanism. If you insert a damaged
disc as indicated in this section, it
may become stuck inside and
damage the audio unit.

Features
Examples of these discs are shown Bubbled/ With Label/ Using Printer Sealed With Plastic
Wrinkled Sticker Label Kit Ring
to the right:

2. Damaged discs 3. Poor quality discs

Chipped/ Warped Burrs


Cracked

CONTINUED

273
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Protecting Your Discs

4. Small, irregular shaped discs 5. Discs with scratches, dirty discs Recommended discs are printed
with the following logo.

3-inch (8-cm) CD Triangle Shape Audio unit may not play the
Fingerprints, scratches, etc. following formats.

CD-R or CD-RW may not play due


to the recording conditions.

Scratches and fingerprints on the


discs may cause the sound to skip.

This audio unit cannot play a Dual-


disc .
Can Shape Arrow Shape

274
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


AM/FM Radio Reception

Radio Frequencies Radio Reception


The radio can receive the complete How well the radio receives stations
AM and FM bands. is dependent on many factors, such
Those bands cover these frequen- as the distance from the stations
cies: transmitter, nearby large objects,
and atmospheric conditions.
AM band: 530 to 1,710 kHz
FM band: 87.7 to 107.9 MHz A radio stations signal gets weaker

Features
as you get farther away from its
Radio stations on the AM band are transmitter. If you are listening to an
assigned frequencies at least 10 kHz AM station, you will notice the sound
apart (530, 540, 550). Stations on the volume becoming weaker, and the
FM band are assigned frequencies at station drifting in and out. If you are
least 0.2 MHz apart (87.9, 88.1, 88.3). listening to an FM station, you will Driving very near the transmitter of
see the stereo indicator flickering off a station that is broadcasting on a
Stations must use these exact and on as the signal weakens. frequency close to the frequency of
frequencies. It is fairly common for Eventually, the stereo indicator will the station you are listening to can
stations to round-off the frequency in go off and the sound will fade also affect your radios reception.
their advertising, so your radio could completely as you get out of range of You may temporarily hear both
display a frequency of 100.9 even the stations signal. stations, or hear only the station you
though the announcer may identify are close to.
the station as FM101.

CONTINUED

275
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


AM/FM Radio Reception

As required by the FCC:


Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the users
authority to operate the equipment.

Radio signals, especially on the FM Radio reception can be affected by


band, are deflected by large objects atmospheric conditions such as
such as buildings and hills. Your thunderstorms, high humidity, and
radio then receives both the direct even sunspots. You may be able to
signal from the stations transmitter, receive a distant radio station one
and the deflected signal. This causes day and not receive it the next day
the sound to distort or flutter. This is because of a change in conditions.
a main cause of poor radio reception
in city driving. Electrical interference from passing
vehicles and stationary sources
(such as garages or parking
structures) can cause temporary
reception problems.

276
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing a Tape (Optional)

LX and Canadian DX models EX and EX-L models without Rear


Entertainment System

Features
DOLBY DOLBY
NR BUTTON NR BUTTON
REW BUTTON REW BUTTON
PLAY/PROG SKIP BAR PLAY/PROG SKIP BAR
BUTTON BUTTON
FF BUTTON FF BUTTON
RPT BUTTON RPT BUTTON
U.S. EX-L model is shown.

CONTINUED
277
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing a Tape (Optional)

EX and EX-L model with Rear Entertainment System without EX-L and Touring models with Rear Entertainment System
Navigation System and Navigation System

SKIP BAR

DOLBY REW BUTTON


NR BUTTON
REW BUTTON
SKIP BAR PLAY/PROG DOLBY NR BUTTON
BUTTON
PLAY/PROG BUTTON
FF BUTTON FF BUTTON
REPEAT BUTTON

278
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing a Tape (Optional)

To Play a Tape Dolby noise reduction turns on To switch to the radio or CD player
Optional on some models when you insert a tape. The while a tape is playing, press the AM
The ignition switch must be in the indicator will come on in the or FM button or AM/FM button, or
ACCESSORY (I) or the ON (II) display. If the tape was not recorded CD button. To change back to the
position. Make sure the open side of in Dolby, turn it off by pressing the tape player, press the AUX button.
the tape is facing right, then insert NR button. Dolby remains off until
the tape most of the way into the slot. you press the NR button again. Tape Search Functions
The system will pull the tape in the FF/REW To rewind the tape,

Features
rest of the way and begin to play it.
Dolby noise reduction is manufactured under push the REW button. You will see
license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing REW in the display. To fast forward
The tape direction indicator will Corporation. DOLBY and the double-D symbol the tape, push the FF button. You
come on to show you which side of are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories will see FF displayed. Press the FF,
the tape is playing. The indicates Licensing Corporation. REW, or PLAY/PROG button to
the side you inserted upward is now take the system out of rewind or fast
playing. If you want to play the other To Stop Playing a Tape forward.
side, press the PLAY/PROG button. To remove the tape, press the
When the player reaches the end of EJECT button. If you want to turn
the tape, it will automatically reverse the player off, press the PWR/VOL
direction and play the other side. knob or turn off the ignition. The
tape will remain in the drive. When
you turn the system back on, the
tape will begin playing where it left
off.

CONTINUED

279
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Playing a Tape (Optional)

SKIP Press the side of the Caring for the Tape and Player If the tape is loose, tighten it by
SKIP bar to find the beginning of the The tape player picks up dirt and turning the hub with a pencil or your
current song or passage. Press the oxides from the tape. This finger. If the label is peeling off,
side of the SKIP bar to find the contamination builds up over time remove it or it could cause the tape
beginning of a song or passage. and causes the sound quality to to jam in the player. Never try to
When the system reaches the degrade. To prevent this, you should insert a warped or damaged tape in
beginning of a song or passage, it clean the player after every 30 hours the player.
begins to play it. of use.
Store tapes in their cases to protect
REPEAT Press the RPT button If you do not clean the tape player them from dust and moisture. Never
to continuously play a song or regularly, it may eventually become place tapes where they will be
passage. You will see RPT displayed. impossible to remove the exposed to direct sunlight, high heat,
The track will repeat until you press contamination with a normal or high humidity. If a tape is exposed
the RPT button again. cleaning kit. Your dealer has a to extreme heat or cold, let it reach a
cleaning kit available. moderate temperature before
NOTE: The skip and repeat inserting it into the player.
functions use silent periods on the Use 100-minute or shorter tapes.
tape to find the end of a song or Tapes longer than that may break or Never try to insert foreign objects
passage. These features may not jam in the drive. into the tape player.
work if there is almost no gap
between selections, a high noise
level, or a silent period in the middle
of a selection.

280
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Setting the Clock

LX and Canadian DX models EX and EX-L models


CLOCK BUTTON CLOCK BUTTON

Features
H BUTTON R BUTTON H BUTTON R BUTTON
M BUTTON M BUTTON
U.S. EX-L model is shown.

On models without navigation system When you are finished, press the For example: 1:06 will reset to 1:00
If your vehicles battery is CLOCK button again. 1:52 will reset to 2:00
disconnected or goes dead, you may
need to set the clock. You can quickly set the time to the On models with navigation system
nearest hour. If the displayed time is Refer to the navigation system
Press and hold the CLOCK button before the half hour, pressing and manual for how to adjust the time.
until the clock flashes. Change the holding the CLOCK button, then
hours by pressing the H button until pressing the R (RESET) button sets
the numbers advance to the desired the clock back to the previous hour.
time. Change the minutes by If the displayed time is after the half
pressing the M button until the hour, the clock sets forward to the
numbers advance to the desired time. beginning of the next hour.

281
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Remote Audio Controls

VOL BUTTON MODE BUTTON The VOL button adjusts the volume If you are playing a disc, the system
up () or down (). Press the top skips to the beginning of the next
or bottom of the button and hold it track (file in MP3 or WMA format)
until the desired volume is reached, each time you press the top () of
then release it. the CH button. Press the bottom
() to return to the beginning of the
The MODE button changes the current track/file. Press it twice to
mode. Pressing the button return to the previous track/file.
repeatedly selects FM1, FM2, AM,
CD (if a CD is loaded), or a tape (if You will see the track/file number
equipped). On models with satellite and the elapsed time. If the disc has
CH BUTTON radio system, you can also select text data or is compressed in MP3 or
XM1 and XM2. WMA, you can also see any other
On EX, EX-L and Touring models information (track title, file name,
Three controls for the audio system If you are listening to the radio, use folder name, etc.).
are mounted in the steering wheel the CH button to change stations.
hub. They let you control basic Each time you press the top () of
functions without removing your the button, the system goes to the
hand from the steering wheel. next preset station on the band you
are listening to. Press the bottom
() to go back to the previous
station.

282
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Auxiliary Input Jack

Features
The auxiliary input jack is on the
dashboard next to the accessory
power socket. The system will accept
auxiliary input from standard audio
accessories.

When a compatible audio unit is


connected to the jack, press the AUX
button to select it.

283
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Radio Theft Protection

On EX, EX-L and Touring models If you lose the card, you must obtain If you make a mistake entering the
Your vehicles audio system may the code number from your dealer. code, do not start over; complete the
disable itself if it is disconnected To do this, you will need the audio five-digit sequence, then enter the
from electrical power for any reason. systems serial number. correct code. You have ten tries to
To make it work again, you must enter the correct code. If you are
enter a specific five-digit code with If your vehicles battery is unsuccessful in ten attempts, you
the preset buttons. Because there disconnected or goes dead, or the must then leave the system on for 1
are hundreds of number radio fuse is removed, the audio hour before trying again.
combinations possible from the five system will disable itself. If this
digits, making the system work happens, you will see CODE in the
without knowing the exact code is frequency display the next time you
nearly impossible. turn on the system. Use the preset
buttons to enter the five-digit code.
You should have received a card that The code is on the radio code card
lists your audio system code number included in your owners manual kit.
and serial number. It is best to store When it is entered correctly, the
this card in a safe place at home. In radio will start playing.
addition, you should write the audio
systems serial number in this owners
manual.

284
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Models with Navigation System Overhead Screen Unit

REAR PWR BUTTON REAR CTRL KNOB

Features
Models without Navigation System
DVD Player
REAR PWR BUTTON REAR CTRL KNOB

CONTINUED
285
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Available on EX-L and Touring models To Turn On the System Rear Speakers
Your vehicle is equipped with a rear Press the REAR PWR button. To When you turn on the system, the
entertainment system that includes a turn on the rear controls (ceiling rear speakers are automatically
DVD player for the enjoyment of the panel/remote control), press the RR turned off if the rear system selects
rear passengers. CTRL knob. The systems icon a different entertainment source
shows in the upper display. Your than the front system. You will see
With this system, the rear passengers can then operate the rear the Rear Speakers Off icon in the
passengers can enjoy a different system with the control panel in the upper display. The sound for the rear
entertainment source (AM/FM ceiling. The rear control panel can be system is sent to the wireless
radio, XM Radio, CD changer, DVD used as a remote control when it is headphones.
player or AUX) than the front seat detached from the ceiling unit. Press
occupants. The audio is broadcast the RR CTRL knob again to turn the If you want to turn the rear speakers
through the supplied wireless rear controls off. You will see the on again, press and hold the REAR
headphones. Rear Controls Off icon in the upper PWR button until the Rear Speakers
display. Off icon goes off.
The ignition switch must be in the
ACCESSORY (I) or the ON (II) The rear system selects the source it NOTE: The rear speakers are
position to operate the rear was last set to. If that source has connected to the front system, so
entertainment system. been removed (the DVD has been they will always play the source that
ejected from the player, for example), the front system is set to.
you will see DVD EJECT in the
display. You should select another
source or insert a DVD.

286
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

To Select Rear Entertainment Operating the DVD Player from REAR CONTROL PANEL
from the Front Control Panel the Front Control Panel
To operate the rear entertainment The DVD player in your rear
system from the front panel, turn the entertainment system can play DVD
RR CTRL knob counterclockwise. video discs and CDs.
The amber RR LED comes on to
show that the control panel is
enabled.

Features
To play the radio, the buttons for the OPEN BUTTON
front entertainment system have the
same functions. OVERHEAD SCREEN

If CDs are loaded in the CD changer, Open the overhead screen by


select CD. If a CD is loaded in the pushing the OPEN button. The
lower player, select DVD/AUX. screen will swing down part-way.
Pivot the screen the rest of the way.
If you pivot the screen too far
forward, past the second detent, the
display will turn off. Pivot the screen
back to the second or first detent to
turn the display back on. To close
the screen, pivot it up until it latches.

CONTINUED

287
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Models with Navigation System


REAR CTRL KNOB SEEK/SKIP BAR

PLAY BUTTON PAUSE BUTTON

Models without Navigation System


REAR CTRL KNOB

EJECT BUTTON

PLAY BUTTON PAUSE SEEK/SKIP BAR


BUTTON

288
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Turn the Rear CTRL knob clockwise. SEEK/SKIP Press and hold the EJECT Press the eject button to
The amber Rear LED comes on to side to move forward; you will see remove the DVD from the drive.
show that the control panel is now CUE in the display. Press and hold
enabled. the side to move backward; you To Return to Front Audio
will see REV in the display. Controls
Insert a DVD into the DVD/CD Release the bar when the system To return front panel control to the
player below the front panel. reaches the point you want. front audio system, turn the REAR
CTRL knob counterclockwise.

Features
Push the DVD in halfway, the drive Each time you press and release the
will pull it in the rest of the way. side of the SEEK/SKIP bar, the
system skips forward to the
PLAY Press the PLAY button if beginning of the next track or
the DVD does not start playing chapter. Press and release the
automatically. side of the bar to skip backward to
the beginning of the current track or
PAUSE Press the PAUSE button chapter. Press it again to skip to the
to pause the DVD. Press the button beginning of the previous track or
again or press PLAY to resume. chapter.
Pause works only with the DVD
player.

289
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Using the Rear Control Panel PWR BUTTON


To turn on the rear entertainment AM/FM BUTTON DISP BUTTON DVD/AUX
system from the rear control panel, BUTTON
press the PWR button. Use the AM/
FM button, XM button, CD button,
DVD/AUX button to select the
entertainment source. The selected
source will be shown in the display.
Make sure the rear control operation
has not been disabled with the REAR
CTRL knob on the front panel.
XM BUTTON CD BUTTON
To Play the Radio from the Rear
Control Panel To Play the XM Radio from the when the radio is in the category
Use the and buttons to select a Rear Control Panel mode.
station from the preset buttons. Use the and buttons to select a
Press the button to tune the radio station from the preset buttons.
to a higher frequency, or press the Press the button to search up
button to tune to a lower the channels in the channel mode.
frequency. Pressing the or The system will search up the
button causes the system to channels within the category when
search up or down the band for a the radio is in the category mode.
station with a strong signal. You will Press the button to search
see SEEK in the display. down the channels in the channel
mode. The system will search down
the channels within the category

290
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Press the or button to To Play a CD from the Rear To Play the Optional Tape Player
select another category. Control Panel from the Rear Control Panel
If CDs are loaded in the CD changer, To rewind the tape, push the
Pressing and holding the DISP select them by pressing the CD button. You will see REW in
button for more than 5 seconds will button. If a CD is loaded in the DVD the display. To fast forward the tape,
change the search mode between player, press the DVD/AUX button. push the button. You will see
Channel Search and Category Press the button to skip to the FF displayed.
Search. Each time you press and beginning of the next track. Press

Features
release the DISP button, the display the button to return to the Press the button to find the
above the rear control panel changes beginning of the current track. beginning of the current song or
in the following sequence: Channel passage. Press the button to
Number, Category Name, Music To move rapidly within a track, press find the beginning of the next song
Name, Artist Name, Channel Name, and hold the or button. or passage.
and back to Channel Number. The system will continue to move
through the track. Press the Press the button to change the
button to move forward, or the tape direction.
button to move backward.
Release the button when the system
reaches the point you want.

If CDs are loaded in the CD changer


and the overhead screen is not open,
pressing the or button changes
the discs.

291
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

To Play a DVD from the Rear REAR CONTROL PANEL


Control Panel
The video screen is for use by rear DISP BUTTON
seat passengers only. The driver and
front seat passenger should not try
to view the screen while driving.

Open the overhead screen by


pushing the OPEN button. The OPEN
screen will swing down part-way. BUTTON
Pivot the screen the rest of the way. ENT BUTTON
If you pivot the screen too far OVERHEAD SCREEN MENU/SCROLL BUTTON
forward, past the second detent, the
display will turn off. Pivot the screen Press the button again quickly To select the menu on the DVD,
back to the second or first detent to to go to the previous chapter. press the MENU/SCROLL button.
turn the display back on. To close Use the , , , and
the screen, pivot it up until it latches. To move rapidly within a chapter, buttons to move to the desired
press and hold the or menu selection, then press the ENT
Press the button when you button. The system will button to enter your selection.
want to pause the DVD. Press this continue to move through the
button again to go back to PLAY. chapter. Press the button to
move forward, or the button to
Press the button to skip to the move backward. Release the button
beginning of the next chapter. Press when the system reaches the point
the button to return to the you want.
beginning of the current chapter.

292
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

DISP Button

Features
When you press the DISP button When you press the DISP button To go back to play, press the DISP
while a DVD is playing, the title, again, the subtitle, audio, angle, button.
chapter, elapsed time, and personal sound characteristics, and personal
surround logo are displayed surround logo are displayed
(STATUS 1). (STATUS 2).

293
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

MENU Button System Messages Play Mode

When you press the MENU button When you press the SETUP button When you select Play Mode by
while a DVD is playing, the DVDs while a DVD is playing, the DVDs pressing the or button, the
main menu is displayed. To go back setup menu is displayed at the play mode setup menu is displayed
to play, press the RETURN button. bottom of the screen. You can then above the Play Mode icon.
change various settings of play mode,
personal surround, and display. To
go back to play without changing any
setting, press the RETURN or
SETUP button, or select Close by
pressing the or button,
then press the ENT button.

294
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Top Menu Audio The selectable languages vary from


DVD to DVD, and this feature may
not be available on some DVDs.

Press the RETURN or ENT button


to go back to the play mode setup
menu.

Features
When you select TOP MENU When you select Audio from the
using the or button, the DVDs play mode setup menu by pressing
title menu is displayed. This menu is the or button, you will see a
also displayed when you press the submenu of the dubbed language.
MENU button while a DVD is not
playing. Select the desired language by
pressing the or button. The
To go back to play, press the return sound characteristics (Dolby Digital,
button. LPCM, MPEG Audio, dts) recorded
with the selected language are also
displayed next to the language.
CONTINUED

295
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Subtitle Angle

To turn the subtitle on and off, select If more than one subtitle language is On some DVDs, the scenes are
Subtitle from the setup menu by available, you will see the language recorded by more than one camera,
pressing the or button. You will currently selected when you select giving different viewpoints of the
see submenu OFF or ON. Select ON in the previous step. same scene. To change the angle,
OFF or ON by pressing the or Select the desired subtitle language select Angle from the setup menu.
button. by pressing the or button. You will see a submenu if there are
Press the RETURN or ENT button different angles available.
to go back to the play mode setup Select the number on the submenu
menu. by pressing the or button.
Press the RETURN or ENT button
to go back to the play mode setup
menu.

296
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Search

Features
When you select Search from the To do a title search, select Title by To do a chapter search, select
play mode setup menu, you will see pressing the or button. Change Chapter by pressing the or
the submenu shown above. In the the number on the right submenu by button. Change the number on the
left submenu, you can select pressing the or button, and right submenu by pressing the or
between Title and Chapter. The press the ENT button to begin the button, and press the ENT button
right submenu displays the current title search. If you press the to begin the chapter search. If you
title or chapter number and the total RETURN button, the display returns press the RETURN button, the
number of titles or chapters. to the play mode setup menu without display returns to the play mode
doing the search. setup menu without doing the search.

CONTINUED

297
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Num Input

A numerical command can be issued change from the left side to right Select and enter the second digit
to a DVD by inputting a two digit side or right to left. number the same way. The cursor
number, and a button number can be will automatically move to the ENT
selected on the screen. Select the first digit number using icon when you press the ENT button.
the , , , or Press the ENT button to enter the
Select the Num Input from the play button, and enter it by pressing number command. To go back to the
mode setup menu. The screen will the ENT button. If you want to DVD screen, press the RETURN
change as shown above. If you select change the number, select DEL, button.
the Move Key using the , and press the ENT button, then
, , or button, and select and enter the new number.
press the ENT button, the Num
Input display on the screen will

298
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Personal Surround Selecting one of the sound effects, Display


Cinema, Music, or Voice, from the
personal surround menu allows you
to change the sound in your
headphones to match the disc you
are playing.

Select Cinema, Music, or Voice

Features
by pressing the or button, and
enter your selection by pressing the
ENT button. The PERSONAL
SURROUND logo is displayed in
the upper right corner of the screen.
To adjust the display, select
When you select PERSONAL If you select Off, the logo Display by pressing the or
SURROUND by pressing the disappears, and there will be no button, and enter your
or button, the personal special sound effect. selection by pressing the ENT
surround setup menu is displayed button. The display changes as
above the PERSONAL shown above.
SURROUND icon. You can adjust these display
settings:
Back Light
Contrast
Brightness
Tint
Color CONTINUED

299
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Select the quality you want to adjust If you want to set the display to the The display changes as shown above.
by pressing the or button, and default setting, select Reset by
then pressing the ENT button. The pressing the or button, and, Select Yes, and press the ENT
adjustment bar is displayed next to then pressing the ENT button. button. You will see the message
the selected item. Adjust the setting Default display settings applied on
by pressing the or button. the display for 5 seconds.
When you are finished with your
adjustment, press the ENT button.

300
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Screen Mode
You can set the screen mode to
these settings:

Normal Normal Wide


Wide
Zoom
Full

Features
Zoom Full

CONTINUED

301
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

The selected setting will be


highlighted in blue for one second,
and the screen returns to the play
mode in the selected setting.

Select the Aspect Ratio by pressing The selectable setting menu is


the or button, then press displayed, and the current setting is
the ENT button. highlighted in blue.

Select the desired setting by


pressing the or button, then
press the ENT button.

302
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

INITIAL SETTINGS Menu INITIAL SETTINGS (Language) Menu Language

Features
When you press the SETUP button When you select Language with To select the language used in the
on the rear control panel when a the or button, the menu DISC menus, select Menu Lang by
DVD is not playing, the INITIAL shown above appears. pressing the or button. You will
SETTINGS menu is displayed. see the submenu next to Menu
To return to the stop or prestop Lang.
There are two selectable menus: screen, select Close using the
Language and Others. or button, and then press
the ENT, or the SETUP button.

CONTINUED

303
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Select the desired language by If you want another language than If you select No, and press the
pressing the or button, and those listed, you need to enter the ENT button, the display returns to
then pressing the ENT button. code number of the desired language. the initial screen of the Language
Select other, and press the ENT menu.
The selectable languages are, button. The display changes as
English, French, Spanish, German, shown in the next column.
Italian, Dutch, and Japanese.

304
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Audio Language

Features
If you select Yes, the display If you made a mistake entering a You can select the dubbed language
changes to the language code input number digit, select DEL on the before playing DVDs.
mode. Select the first number digit display with the , , , Select Audio Language by pressing
using the , , , or or button, and press the ENT the or button. You will see the
button, and press the ENT button on the control panel. Then submenu next to Audio Language.
button to enter it. Repeat this until all select and enter the correct number
four digits are filled. When the digit as described. The display Follow the same instructions you
fourth digit is entered, the cursor returns to the initial Language used to set the menu language.
automatically moves to ENT on the menu screen.
display. Press the ENT button on the
control panel to enter the new
language code. CONTINUED

305
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Subtitle Language INITIAL SETTINGS (Others) Dynamic Range

You can select the subtitle language When you select Others at the Dynamic Range reduces the
before playing DVDs. bottom of the INITIAL SETTINGS differences between the loud and
Select Subtitle Language by screen, the above menu appears on quiet sound levels throughout the
pressing the or button. You will the screen. disc. When this is on, the louder
see the submenu next to the sounds are lowered, and quieter
Subtitle Language. sounds are increased.

Follow the same instructions you


used to set the menu language.

306
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Angle Mark

ANGLE MARK

Features
When you select the Dynamic When you switch to another angle Select Angle Mark by pressing the
Range by pressing the or while playing a DVD, the angle mark or button. The above submenu
button, you will see the submenu is displayed in the upper right corner appears. If you want the angle mark
next to the Dynamic Range as of the screen. to be displayed, select ON with the
shown above. or button, and then press
You can set the system to display or the ENT button. The display returns
To turn Dynamic Range on or off, not display this angle mark. to the Others menu.
select ON or OFF by pressing
the or button, and then
press the ENT button.

CONTINUED

307
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Parental Control Level

When you select and enter Yes,


You can place an auditory restriction Select Parental Level by pressing the display changes as shown above.
by changing the parental control the or button. You will see the To change the level, you need to
level. The higher the level number, submenu shown above. If you select enter your four digit password.
the lower the restriction. No, and press the ENT button, the Select the number for the first digit
display returns to the Others menu. by pressing the , , , or
button, and enter it by pressing
the ENT button. Repeat this until all
four digits are filled. When you enter
the fourth number, the cursor
automatically moves to ENT on the
display. Press the ENT button on the
control panel.

308
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Changing the Password

Features
If the system does not recognize the If you enter the password correctly, The password was set to 1111
password you entered, you will see you can then change the parental when the vehicle left the factory.
the above display. Repeat the control level.
parental control level steps until you
enter the correct password. Once you correctly enter the
password, press the or button
to change the level, and then press
the ENT button to enter your
selection.

CONTINUED

309
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

To change the password, select Select the first digit by pressing the If the system does not recognize the
Password. You will see the above , , , or button, password you entered, you will see
menu displayed. Select Yes by and enter it by pressing the ENT the above display. Repeat the
pressing the or button, button. Repeat this until all four password setting steps until you
then press the ENT button. digits are entered. When you enter enter the correct password.
the fourth number, the cursor
If you select No, and press the automatically moves to ENT on the
ENT button, the display returns to display. Press the ENT button on the
the Others menu. control panel.

310
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Features
If you forget the password, select The display changes as shown above.
Password, and press the button If you want to use the default
10 times. password (1111), select Yes, and
press the ENT button.

The message Default password


setting applied is displayed for
5 seconds.

311
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Remote Control Replacing the Remote Control An improperly disposed of battery


Batteries can hurt the environment.
RELEASE BUTTON Always confirm local regulations for
COVER battery disposal.

The rear control panel can be


detached from the ceiling unit and If it takes several pushes on the
used as a remote control. To remove button to operate the rear
it from the ceiling unit, press the entertainment system, have your
release button. The control panel will dealer replace the batteries as soon
swing down partway. Pivot it down as possible.
further past the detent until it
detaches from the hinge. To reinstall Battery type: BR3032
it, reverse the procedure.

312
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

As required by the FCC: This device Playable DVDs Those packages or jackets should
complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. also bear the designation of 1 or
Operation is subject to the following two ALL region. DVD-ROMs cannot be
conditions: (1) This device may not played in this system.
cause harmful interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference Protecting DVDs
received, including interference that The tips on how to handle and
may cause undesired operation. protect DVDs are basically the same

Features
as those for compact discs. Refer to
Changes or modifications not expressly Protecting Your CDs on page 272 .
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the users
authority to operate the equipment.

This device complies with Industry There are various types of DVDs
Canada Standard RSS-210. Operation is available. Some of them are not
subject to the following two conditions: compatible with your system.
(1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must The DVD player in your rear
accept any interference that may cause entertainment system can play
undesired operation of the device. DVDs and CDs bearing the above
marks on their packages or jackets.

313
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

DVD Player Error Messages


The chart on the right explains the Message Solution
error messages you may see in the
display while playing a disc. ERROR F0 Eject the disc and reinsert it.
ERROR F2
If you see an error message in the Invalid region code Use a disc with the regional designation of 1 or All.
display while playing a disc, press Invalid disc The disc is not playable in this unit. Eject the disc, and insert a disc
the eject button. After ejecting the compatible with this system.
disc, check it for damage or Parental control active. Reinsert the disc, and increase the parental control level (see
deformation. If there is no damage, Change level to view. pages 308 and 309 ).
insert the disc again.
For additional information on
damaged discs, see page 273 .

The audio system will try to play the


disc. If there is still a problem, the
error message will reappear. Press
the eject button, and pull out the disc.

Insert a different disc. If the new


disc plays, there is a problem with
the first disc. If the error message
cycle repeats and you cannot clear it,
take your vehicle to a dealer.

314
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Wireless Headphones To use the headphones, pivot the


earpieces outward. This turns them
on. To adjust the volume, turn the
dial on the bottom of the right
earpiece. When you remove the
headphones, the earpieces
automatically pivot inward, and the
headphones turn off. When not in

Features
use, store the headphones in the
pocket of either front seat.

VOLUME
DIAL

Some state and local government The audio for the rear entertainment
agencies prohibit the use of system is sent to the wireless
headphones by the driver of a motor headphones that come with the
vehicle. Always obey applicable laws system. When using the headphones,
and regulations. make sure you wear them correctly:
L (left) and R (right) are marked on
the sides of the frame. Wearing the
headphones backwards may affect
audio reception, limiting the sound
quality and range.

315
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

Replacing Batteries Auxiliary Input Jacks


COVER ARMREST LEVER

COIN BATTERY

Each headphone uses one AAA Remove the battery. Install the new Auxiliary input jacks and headphone
battery. The battery is under the battery in the earpiece as shown in connectors for the rear
cover on the left earpiece. To the diagram next to the battery slot. entertainment system are under the
remove the cover, insert a coin in the Slide the cover back into place on the third row seat armrest on the drivers
slot and twist it slightly to pry the earpiece, then press down on the side. To access these connectors,
cover away from the earpiece. Pull back edge to lock it in place. open the cover by pulling up on the
the cover outward, and pivot it out of lever.
the way. An improperly disposed of battery
can hurt the environment.
Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.

316
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rear Entertainment System

AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS VOLUME DIALS

Features
HEADPHONE CONNECTORS

The system will accept auxiliary There are two headphone


inputs from standard video games connectors for the third row seat
and video equipment. passengers. Each connector has its
Some video game power supplies own volume control.
may cause poor picture quality.

V = Video jack
L = Left audio jack
R = Right audio jack

317
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Security System

On EX, EX-L and Touring models The alarm will also be activated if a
The security system helps to protect passenger inside the locked vehicle
your vehicle and valuables from theft. turns the ignition switch on.
The horn sounds and a combination
of headlights, parking lights, side The security system will not set if
marker lights, and taillights flashes if the hood, tailgate, or any door is not
someone attempts to break into your fully closed. Before you leave the
vehicle or remove the radio. This vehicle, make sure the doors,
alarm continues for 2 minutes, then tailgate, and hood are securely
the system resets. To reset an closed.
activated system before the 2
minutes have elapsed, unlock the SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR NOTE: To see if the system is set
drivers door with the key or the after you exit the vehicle, press the
remote transmitter. Once the security system is set, LOCK button on the remote
opening any door, the tailgate, or the transmitter within 5 seconds. If the
The security system automatically hood without using the key or the system is set, the horn will beep
sets 15 seconds after you lock the remote transmitter, will cause it to once.
doors, hood, and the tailgate. For the alarm. It also alarms if the audio unit
system to activate, you must lock the is removed from the dashboard or Do not attempt to alter this system
doors and the tailgate from the the wiring is cut. or add other devices to it.
outside with the key, drivers lock
tab, door lock master switch, or
remote transmitter. The security
system indicator on the instrument
panel starts blinking immediately to
show you the system is setting itself.

318
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Cruise Control

Cruise control allows you to maintain Using Cruise Control 3. Press and release the SET/
a set speed above 25 mph (40 km/h) DECEL button on the steering
without keeping your foot on the CRUISE BUTTON wheel. The CRUISE CONTROL
accelerator pedal. It should be used indicator on the instrument panel
for cruising on straight, open comes on to show the system is
highways. It is not recommended for now activated.
city driving, winding roads, slippery
roads, heavy rain, or bad weather. Cruise control may not hold the set

Features
speed when you are going up and
down hills. If your vehicle speed
increases going down a hill, use the
Improper use of the cruise CANCEL SET/DECEL RES/ACCEL brakes to slow down. This will cancel
control can lead to a crash. BUTTON BUTTON BUTTON the cruise control. To resume the set
speed, press the RES/ACCEL button.
Use the cruise control only 1. Push the CRUISE button on the The CRUISE CONTROL indicator
when traveling on open steering wheel. The CRUISE on the instrument panel will come
highways in good weather. MAIN indicator on the instrument back on.
panel comes on.
When climbing a steep hill, the
2. Accelerate to the desired cruising automatic transmission may
speed above 25 mph (40 km/h). downshift to hold the set speed.

319
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Cruise Control

Changing the Set Speed You can decrease the set speed in Even with cruise control turned on,
You can increase the set speed in any of these ways: you can still use the accelerator
any of these ways: pedal to speed up for passing. After
Press and hold the SET/DECEL completing the pass, take your foot
Press and hold the RES/ACCEL button. Release the button when off the accelerator pedal. The vehicle
button. When you reach the you reach the desired speed. will return to the set speed.
desired speed, release the button.
To slow down in very small Resting your foot on the brake pedal
Push on the accelerator pedal. amounts, tap the SET/DECEL causes cruise control to cancel.
Accelerate to the desired cruising button. Each time you do this,
speed, then press the SET/ your vehicle will slow down about
DECEL button. 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To increase the speed in very Tap the brake pedal lightly with
small amounts, tap the RES/ your foot. The CRUISE
ACCEL button. Each time you do CONTROL indicator on the
this, your vehicle will speed up instrument panel will go out.
about 1 mph (1.6 km/h). When the vehicle slows to the
desired speed, press the SET/
DECEL button.

320
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Cruise Control

Cancelling Cruise Control The cruise control will be canceled


when the vehicle speed reaches
CRUISE BUTTON about 25 mph (40 km/h) or less.

Resuming the Set Speed


When you push the CANCEL button
or tap the brake pedal, the system
remembers the previously set speed.

Features
To return to that speed, accelerate to
above 25 mph (40 km/h), then press
and release the RES/ACCEL button.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator
CANCEL BUTTON comes on. The vehicle accelerates to
the same speed as before.
You can cancel cruise control in any
of these ways: Pressing the CRUISE button turns
the system completely off and erases
Tap the brake pedal. the previous set speed.

Push the CANCEL button on the


steering wheel.

Push the CRUISE button on the


steering wheel.

321
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


HomeLink Universal Transceiver

On EX, EX-L and Touring models Do not use HomeLink with any came with your garage door opener
The HomeLink Universal garage door opener that lacks safety to test that the safety features are
Transceiver built into your vehicle stop and reverse features. functioning properly. If you do not
can be programmed to operate up to have this information, contact the
three remote controlled devices Units manufactured between April 1, manufacturer of the equipment.
around your home, such as garage 1982 and January 1, 1993 may be Before programming HomeLink to a
doors, lighting, or home security equipped with safety stop and garage door or gate opener, make
systems. reverse features. If your unit does sure that people and objects are out
not have an external entrapment of the way of the device to prevent
General Information protection system, an easy test to potential injury or damage.
Before programming your confirm the function and When programming a garage door
HomeLink to operate a garage door performance of the safety stop and opener, park just outside the garage.
opener, confirm that the opener has reverse feature is to lay a 2 4
an external entrapment protection under the closing door. The door Training HomeLink
system, such as an electronic eye, should stop and reverse upon Before you begin If you just
or other safety and reverse stop contacting the piece of wood. received your vehicle and have not
features. As an additional safety feature, trained any of the buttons in
garage door openers manufactured HomeLink before, you should erase
If your garage door was after January 1, 1993 are required to any previously learned codes before
manufactured before April 1, 1982, have external entrapment protection training the first button. To do this,
you may not be able to program systems, such as an electronic eye, press and hold the two outside
HomeLink to operate it. These units which detect an object obstructing buttons on the HomeLink
do not have safety features that the door. transceiver for about 20 seconds,
cause the motor to stop and reverse until the red indicator flashes.
it if an obstacle is detected during Important Safety Precautions Release the buttons, then proceed to
closing, increasing the risk of injury. Refer to the safety information that step 1.

322
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


HomeLink Universal Transceiver

If you are training the second or third buttons, go directly to step 1.

Features
323
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


HomeLink Universal Transceiver

HomeLink is a registered As required by the FCC:


trademark of Johnson Controls, Inc. This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.

Changes or modifications not expressly


approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the users
authority to operate the equipment.

This device complies with Industry


Canada Standard RSS-210.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.

324
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

On models with navigation system Here are the main features of HFL. Bluetooth is the wireless technology
Your vehicle is equipped with the Instructions for using HFL begin on that links your phone to HFL. HFL
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL). page 329 . uses a Class 2 Bluetooth, which
HFL uses Bluetooth technology to means the maximum range between
link your cell phone to your vehicle. Voice Control HFL your phone and vehicle is 30 feet (10
With HFL, you can place and receive HFL recognizes simple voice meters).
calls through your vehicles audio commands, such as phone numbers
system, without the distraction of and names. It uses these commands To use HFL, your phone must have

Features
handling your cell phone. To use this to automatically dial, receive, and approved Bluetooth capability along
feature, you need a Bluetooth- store numbers. For more with the Hands Free Profile. This
compatible cell phone with the information on voice control, see type of phone is available through
Hands Free Profile. For more Using Voice Control on page 329 . many phone makers and cellular
information, and a list of compatible carriers. You can also find an
cell phones, visit handsfreelink.honda. Bluetooth Wireless Technology approved phone by visiting
com, or call (888) 528-7876. In The Bluetooth name and logos are handsfreelink.honda.com, or by calling
Canada, visit www.honda.ca, or call registered trademarks owned by the HandsFreeLink consumer
(888) 9-HONDA-9. Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of support at (888) 528-7876. In Canada,
such marks by Honda Motor Co., visit www.honda.ca, or call (888) 9-
The HFL is available in English on Ltd. is under license. Other HONDA-9.
U.S. models, and in both English and trademarks and trade names
French on Canadian models. To are those of their respective owners.
change the language, see page 359 .
The voice of HFL is set to female.

325
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Incoming/Outgoing Calls Phonebook NOTE: Your phone may not have


With a linked phone, HFL allows you HFL can store up to 50 names and phonebook import function. Visit
to send and receive calls in your phone numbers in its phonebook. handsfreelink.honda.com, or call the
vehicle without holding the phone. With a linked phone, you can then HandsFreeLink consumer support
automatically dial any name or at (888) 528-7876. In Canada, call
Help Assistance number in the phonebook. (888) 9-HONDA-9. You can see your
The HFL system has a help function phones owners manual for
to provide instructions for pairing a You can also store the desired information.
phone, and give hints on how to number to the HFL phonebook
operate HFL properly. If your directly from your cell phone using
response or command is not correct, the receive contact function in HFL.
or the system cannot recognize a
command, the HFL system will give Your vehicles HFL system has the
you an appropriate command or play cellular phonebook import function.
the help prompt. This allows you to import your
cellular phonebook to HFL. Using
the navigation system, you can make
a call directly and store a desired
number in HFL from the list shown
on the navigation display. For
more information on how to import
the phonebook, see page 351 . To
make a call, see page 340 .

326
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Microphone Audio System HFL Buttons


The HFL microphone is on the When HFL is in use, the sound
ceiling, between the front map lights comes through the vehicles front
and the HomeLink buttons. On audio system speakers. If the audio
models with navigation system, the system is in use while operating HFL TALK
microphone is shared with the either of the HFL buttons or making BUTTON
navigation system. a call, HFL overrides the audio
system. To change the volume level,

Features
HFL and the navigation system have use the audio system volume knob or HFL BACK
separate voice recognition systems. the steering wheel volume controls. BUTTON
When HFL is in use, a voice
command for the navigation system
will not be recognized even if you NAVI VOICE CONTROL BUTTONS
press the navigation Talk button. In
this case, you will hear two short To operate HFL, use the HFL Talk
beeps, and the HFL system has no and Back buttons on the left side of
prompt. the steering wheel.

NOTE: Ensure that you use the HFL


buttons, not the NAVI buttons, to
give HFL voice commands.

327
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

The HFL buttons are used as Information Display You will also see HANDS FREE
follows: LINK on the audio display.

HFL Talk: This button is used before indicator will be displayed on


you give a command, and to answer the audio display if your phone is
incoming calls. linked to the Bluetooth compatible
cell phone.
Press and release the button, then
wait for a beep before giving a
command.

HFL Back: This button is used to


end a call, go back to the previous BLUETOOTH INDICATOR
voice control command, and to
cancel an operation. When you are operating HFL, dialing
or receiving calls with the audio
system in use, you will see the above
screen on the navigation display.

328
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

How to Use HFL To enter a command, press and When you are at the main menu,
HFL is operated by the HFL Talk release the HFL Talk button. After you can hear general HFL
and Back buttons on the left side of the beep, say your command in a information such as pairing or
the steering wheel. The next few clear, natural tone. setting up the system. Press the
pages provide instructions for all HFL Talk button, wait for the beep,
basic features of HFL. Lower the A/C fan speed during and say Tutorial.
voice recognition operation.
NOTE: All phones may not Many commands can be spoken

Features
operate identically, and some If the microphone picks up voices together. For example, you can
may cause inconsistent operation other than yours, the system may say, Dial 123-456-7891.
of HFL. not interpret your voice
commands correctly. To enter a string of numbers in a
Using Voice Control Call or Dial command, you can say
Here are some guidelines for using If HFL does not recognize a them all at once, or you can
voice control: command, its response is Pardon. separate them in blocks of 3, 4, 7,
If it doesnt recognize the 10, and 11.
Adjust the airflow from both the command it plays an appropriate
dashboard and side vents so they Help prompt. Response time may To skip a voice prompt, press the
do not blow against the vary depending on the voice HFL Talk button while HFL is
microphone on the ceiling. command. speaking. HFL will then begin
listening for your next command.
Close the windows and the To hear a list of available options
moonroof (if equipped). at any time, press the HFL Talk
button, wait for the beep, and say
Hands free help or Help.
CONTINUED

329
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

To go back one step in a command When you finish a command NOTE:


process, say Go back, or press sequence, HFL returns to idle. For HFL does not allow you to pair
the HFL Back button. example, when you store the name your phone if the vehicle is
If nothing is said while HFL is Eric, the HFL system response moving.
listening for a command, HFL will is Eric has been stored. The
time out and stop its voice next time you press the HFL Talk For pairing, your phone must be in
recognition, then prompt you with button, HFL begins from the main its discovery mode (searching for
available options or help menu. a Bluetooth related device).
information. The next time you
press the HFL Talk button, HFL Pairing Your Phone Up to six phones can be paired to
begins listening from the point at Your Bluetooth compatible phone HFL.
which it timed out. with Hands Free Profile must be
paired to HFL before you can make Your phones battery may drain
To end a command sequence at and receive hands-free calls. To faster when it is paired to HFL.
any time, press and hold the HFL confirm that your phone is
Back button, or press and release Bluetooth compatible, visit The following procedure works for
the HFL Talk button, wait for the handsfreelink.honda.com, or call (888) most phones. If you cannot pair
beep, and say Cancel. The next 528-7876. In Canada, call (888) 9- your phone to HFL with this
time you press the HFL Talk HONDA-9. Your phone retailer procedure, refer to your phones
button, HFL begins from the main should also be able to confirm that operating manual, visit
menu. your phone is Bluetooth compatible. handsfreelink.honda.com, call the
HandsFreeLink consumer
support at (888) 528-7876, or call
your phone retailer. In Canada,
call (888) 9-HONDA-9.

330
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

During the pairing process, turn To pair your first phone, follow the 2. Press and release the Talk button.
off any previously paired phones prompts on the HFL system: After the beep, if you say Yes.
before pairing a new phone. 1. Park your vehicle. With your HFL responds Entering phone
phone on and the ignition switch in set up: pair menu. The pairing
Each time a phone is paired with the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) process requires operation of your
HFL, the system selects a pairing position, press and release the Bluetooth phone. For safety, only
code randomly or sequentially. Talk button. perform this function while the
You can switch this setting HFL prompts Welcome to vehicle is stopped.

Features
between random mode and fixed Bluetooth HandsFreeLink. This HFL responds For proper system
mode. To select a pairing code system enables hands-free usage function a compatible Bluetooth
setting between Random and of a mobile phone. Before using phone is required. Please visit the
Fixed, refer to page 336 . this system, a phone needs to be HandsFreeLink website, listed in
paired or connected with the owners manual, for a list of
If after three minutes your phone HandsFreeLink. Would you like to approved phones and other system
is not ready to pair or a phone is pair a phone now? Press the information. HandsFreeLink is
not found, the system will time out Bluetooth HandsFreeLink Talk waiting to pair with a Bluetooth
and return to idle. button, and after the beep, say Yes, phone. From your phone, search
to begin the pairing process, or No, for Bluetooth devices and select
to continue. HandsFreeLink.
HFL responds When prompted
by your mobile phone, enter the
pairing code: 1234.
: For example

Go to Step 4.
CONTINUED

331
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

NOTE: Steps 4 and 5 show a 4. Follow the prompts on your phone 6. Press and release the Talk button.
common way to get your phone into to get it into its discovery mode. After the beep, say the name you
its discovery mode (searching for a The phone will search for HFL. want to use. For example, say
Bluetooth related device). If these When it comes up, select Johns phone.
steps do not work on your phone, HandsFreeLink from the list of HFL responds Johns phone
refer to the phones operating options displayed on your phone. has been successfully paired.
manual. HFL responds Would you like to
5. When asked by the phone, enter hear the Bluetooth
3. Press and release the Talk button. the four-digit code from step 3 into HandsFreeLink tutorial now?
After the beep, if you say No, HFL your phone. Press the Talk button and after
responds Would you like to hear HFL responds HandsFreeLink the beep, say Yes to begin the
the Bluetooth HandsFreeLink has connected to a new phone. A tutorial, or say No to exit
tutorial now? Press the Talk name is needed to identify this HandsFreeLink.
button and after the beep, say yes phone. Press the Talk button and
to begin the tutorial, or say No to say a name. For example, Johns If you press and release the Talk
exit HandsFreeLink. phone. button and say Yes, HFL begins
Tutorial. If you say No, HFL
If you say Yes, HFL will begin the returns to idle.
tutorial. Follow the prompts on
HFL.

332
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

To pair another phone, do this: To rename a paired phone, do this: 3. Press and release the Talk button.
1. With your phone on and the 1. Press and release the Talk button. After the beep, say the name of
ignition switch in the After the beep, say Phone setup. the phone you want to rename.
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) HFL responds Phone setup For example, say Johns phone.
position, press and release the options are pair, edit, delete, list, HFL responds What is the new
Talk button. After the beep, say status, next phone, and set pairing name for Johns phone? Press the
Phone setup. code. Press the Talk button and Talk button and say a name.
HFL responds Phone setup say a command.

Features
options are pair, edit, delete, list, 4. Press and release the Talk button.
status, next phone, and set pairing 2. Press and release the Talk button. After the beep, say the new name
code. Press the Talk button and After the beep, say Edit. HFL of the phone. For example, say
say a command. responds Which phone would like Lisas phone.
to edit? Press the Talk button, and HFL responds The name has
2. Press and release the Talk button. say a name, or say List, to hear the been changed.
After the beep, say Pair. names of the paired phones

3. Repeat steps 2 through 6 on pages With only one paired phone, for
331 and 332 . example, Johns phone, HFL
responds What is the new name
for Johns phone? Then go to
step 4.

CONTINUED

333
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

To delete a paired phone, do this: 3. Press and release the Talk button. To list all paired phones, do this:
1. Press and release the Talk button. After the beep, say the name of 1. Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say Phone setup. the phone you want to delete. For After the beep, say Phone setup.
HFL responds Phone setup example, say Johns phone. HFL HFL responds Phone setup
options are pair, edit, delete, list, responds Would you like to delete options are pair, edit, delete, list,
status, next phone, and set pairing Johns phone? Press the Talk status, next phone, and set pairing
code. Press the Talk button and button and say Yes or No. code. Press the Talk button and
say a command. say a command.
4. Press and release the Talk button.
2. Press and release the Talk button. After the beep, say Yes. 2. Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say Delete. HFL responds Preparing to After the beep, say List.
HFL responds Which phone delete Johns phone. Press the HFL responds by listing the name
would like to delete? Press the Talk button and say Continue; of each paired phone. When all
Talk button and say a name, or say otherwise say Go Back or Cancel. phones paired to the system have
list, to hear the names of the been read, HFL responds The
paired phone. 5. Press and release the Talk button. entire list has been read.
After the beep, if you say
With only one paired phone, for Continue.
example, Johns phone, HFL HFL responds The phone has
responds Would you like to delete been deleted.
Johns phone? Then go to Go back or Cancel does not
step 4. delete the phone.

334
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

To find out the status of the phone being To change from the currently linked If no other phones are found or
used, do this: phone to another paired phone, do this: paired, the first phone remains
1. Press and release the Talk button. 1. Press and release the Talk button. linked. For example, HFL
After the beep, say Phone setup. After the beep, say Phone setup. responds No other paired phones
HFL responds Phone setup HFL responds Phone setup were found/have been paired.
options are pair, edit, delete, list, options are pair, edit, delete, list, Returning to Johns phone.
status, next phone, and set pairing status, next phone, and set pairing
code. Press the Talk button and code. Press the Talk button and

Features
say a command. say a command.

2. Press and release the Talk button. 2. Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say Status. For After the beep, say Next phone.
example, HFL responds Johns HFL responds Searching for the
phone is linked. Battery strength next phone.
is three bars. Signal strength is The system then disconnects the
five bars, and the phone is linked phone and searches for
roaming. another paired phone. If the
system finds it, for example, HFL
Some Phones may not send the responds Pauls phone is linked.
status information to the HFL
system.

CONTINUED

335
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Setting a Pairing Code 2. Press and release the Talk button. 4. Press and release the Talk button.
When you pair your phone to HFL, After the beep, say Set Pairing After the beep, say a desired four-
the HFL system will automatically Code. digit number. For example, say
select a pairing code at random or in HFL responds Each time a phone 1000.
order. You can customize this setting is paired with HandsFreeLink, a HFL responds 1000. Is this
mode between Random and Fixed. If pairing code is used for security. correct? Press the Talk button and
you select the fixed mode, the HFL This code can be randomly say Yes or No.
system will select a pairing code generated by HandsFreeLink, or
sequentially. fixed, which is needed for some 5. Press and release the Talk button.
Bluetooth devices with a preset After the beep, if the number is
To change the setting mode, do this: pairing code. Would you like to set correct, say Yes.
1. Press and release the Talk button. the pairing code as Random or HFL responds HandsFreeLink
After the beep, say Phone setup. Fixed? will use this code when pairing to a
HFL responds Phone setup Bluetooth device.
options are pair, edit, delete, list, 3. Press and release the Talk button.
status, next phone, and set pairing After the beep, to select the fixed 6. If the number is not correct, say
code. Press the Talk button and mode, say Fixed. No. HFL goes back to step 3.
say a command. HFL responds What is the four-
digit number you would like to see
as the pairing code? Press the Talk
button and say the number.

336
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Setting Up the System Selecting the incoming 3. Press and release the Talk button.
You can select or change some notification After the beep, say Yes.
settings for the HFL system. Here The incoming notification can be HFL responds What is the four-
are the settings you can select or set to a ring tone, a prompt, or no digit number you would like to set
change. To do this, make sure your notification. The default setting is as your security passcode? Press
vehicle is parked safely, with your a prompt. the Talk button and say the
phone on and the ignition switch in number.
the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) To set a security passcode, do this:

Features
position. 1. Press and release the Talk button. If you say No, HFL returns to
After the beep, say System setup. idle.
Setting a security passcode HFL responds System setup
You can set a four-digit security options are security, change 4. Press and release the Talk button.
passcode to lock the HFL system passcode, call notification, auto After the beep, say the four-digit
for security purposes. transfer, and clear. Press the Talk passcode you want to use. For
button and say a command. example, say 1, 2, 3, 4.
If you forget your passcode, you HFL responds 1, 2, 3, 4. Is this
cannot activate HFL. Consult your 2. Press and release the Talk button. correct? Press the Talk button and
dealer to cancel the passcode. After the beep, say Security. say Yes or No.
You can also select a System HFL responds Security is
Clear command to reset HFL disabled. Would you like to enable
(see page 358 ). security? Press the Talk button
and say Yes or No.
Changing a security passcode
You can change the security
passcode.
CONTINUED

337
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

5. Press and release the Talk button. To enter your passcode, do this; To change your security passcode, do
After the beep, say Yes. 1. Press and release the Talk button. this:
HFL responds Security is on. After the beep, HFL prompts The 1. Press and release the Talk button.
Each time the vehicle is turned on, system is locked. What is the four- After the beep, say System setup.
the passcode will be required to digit passcode? HFL responds System setup
use the system. If you forget this options are security, change
passcode, you must either go to 2. Press and release the Talk button. passcode, call notification, auto
the dealer to have it reset, or clear After the beep, say your four-digit transfer, and clear. Press the Talk
the entire system using the passcode. For example, say 1, 2, 3, button and say a command.
System Clear command. 4.
2. Press and release the Talk button.
Once a passcode is set, HFL will 3. If the passcode is correct, HFL After the beep, say Change
prompt you for your passcode each responds System is unlocked. passcode.
time the ignition switch is turned to HFL responds What is the four
the ON (II) position and you press If the passcode is not correct, please digit number you would like to see
the Talk button. You will only be try again according to the HFLs as your security passcode? Press
asked for the passcode once per guidance. the Talk button and say the
ignition cycle. number.
You can also select a System Clear
command to reset HFL (see page 3. Press and release the Talk button.
358 ). After the beep, say your four-digit
passcode, for example, say 1, 2, 3,
4.

338
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

4. If the passcode is correct, HFL To set the incoming notification, do this: If you say, Prompt. HFL responds
responds 1, 2, 3, 4. Is this correct? 1. Press and release the Talk button. An incoming call prompt will be
Press the Talk button and say Yes After the beep, say System setup. used. You will hear a You have an
or No. HFL responds System setup incoming call. prompt when
options are security, change receiving an incoming call.
5. Press and release the Talk button. passcode, call notification, auto
After the beep, say Yes. transfer, and clear. Press the Talk If you say, Off, no audible
HFL responds Security passcode button and say a command. notification of an incoming call will

Features
has been changed. be selected. During an incoming call,
2. Press and release the Talk button. there is no ring tone or prompt
After the beep, say Call playback. The audio system will still
notification. mute, and the HFL message will be
HFL responds: Would you like displayed.
the incoming call notification to be
a ring tone, a prompt or off?

3. Press and release the Talk button.


After the beep, for example, say
Ring tone.
HFL responds A ring tone will be
used. You will hear a ring tone
through the audio speakers to
announce an incoming call.

339
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Making a Call To make a call using a phone number, 3. Press and release the Talk button.
You can make calls using any phone do this: After the beep, say Call or Dial.
number, or by using a name in the 1. With your phone on and the HFL responds Calling or
HFL phonebook. You can also redial ignition switch in the Dialing.
the last number called. During a call, ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) Once connected, you will hear the
HFL allows you to talk up to 30 position, press and release the person you called through the
minutes after you remove the key Talk button. After the beep, say audio speakers. To change the
from the ignition switch. Continuing Call or Dial. volume, use the audio system
a call without running the engine HFL responds What name or volume knob or the steering wheel
may discharge and weaken the number would you like to call/ volume controls.
vehicles battery. dial? Press the Talk button and say
a name, a number, or say list to 4. To end the call, press the Back
hear the phonebook entries. button.

2. Press and release the Talk button.


After the beep, say the number
you want to call. For example, say
123 456 7891.
HFL responds 123 456 7891.
Press the Talk button and
continue to add numbers, or say
Call or Dial to place a call.

340
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

To make a call from the list shown on


the navigation display, do this:

Features
1. Press the INFO button to show 4. Select a desired phonebook (see 7. The Select a number to store
the information screen, then select page 352 ). screen is displayed. Select a
a Cellular Phonebook icon. desired number to call.
5. Select a name from the list on the
2. The screen is changed as shown screen. The Select a number to
above. call screen is displayed.

3. Say or select a Search Imported 6. Select the desired number from


Phonebook icon. the list to store it in HFL.

CONTINUED

341
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

8. Press and release the Talk button. 2. Press and release the Talk button. To redial the last number called by the
After the beep, say Call. HFL After the beep, say the name you phone, do this:
responds Dialing the number want to call. For example, say Press and release the Talk button.
received from the navigation John. After the beep, say Redial.
system. To end the call, please HFL responds Would you like to HFL responds Redialing.
press the Bluetooth call John? Press the Talk button Once connected, you will hear the
HandsFreeLink Back button on and say Yes or No. person you called through the audio
the steering wheel. speakers. To change the volume, use
3. Press and release the Talk button. the audio system volume knob or the
To make a call using a name in the HFL After the beep, say Yes. steering wheel volume controls.
phonebook, do this: HFL responds Calling or
1. With your phone on and the Dialing.
ignition switch in the Once connected, you will hear the
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) person you called through the
position, press and release the audio speakers. To change the
Talk button. After the beep, say volume, use the audio system
Call or Dial. volume knob or the steering wheel
HFL responds What name or volume controls.
number would you like to call/
dial? Press the Talk button and say 4. To end the call, press the Back
a name, a number, or say list to button.
hear the phonebook entries.

342
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Sending Numbers or Names To send a number during a call, do this: To send a name during a call, do this:
During a Call 1. Press and release the Talk button. 1. Press and release the Talk button.
HFL allows you to send numbers or After the beep, say Send. After the beep, say Send.
names during a call. This is useful HFL responds What name or HFL responds What name or
when you call a menu-driven phone number would you like to send? number would you like to send?
system. You can also program
account numbers into the HFL 2. Press and release the Talk button. 2. Press and release the Talk button.
phonebook for easy retrieval during After the beep, say the number After the beep, say the name you

Features
menu-driven calls. you want to send. For example, want to send. For example, say
say 1, 2, 3. Account number.
HFL responds 1, 2, 3. Press the HFL responds Would you like to
Talk button and continue to add send account number? Press the
numbers or say send. Talk button and say Yes or No.

NOTE: To send a pound (), say 3. Press and release the Talk button.
pound. To send a star (*), say After the beep, say Yes. The dial
star. tones will be sent, and the call will
continue.
3. Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say Send. The
dial tones will be sent, and the call
will continue.

343
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Receiving a Call Transferring a Call Automatic Transferring


If you receive a call when you are not You can transfer a call from HFL to This function allows you to transfer a
on the phone, HFL interrupts the your phone, or from your phone to call automatically to the HFL system.
audio system (if it is on), and plays HFL. If you get into the vehicle while you
the incoming call notification, if are on the phone, a call will be
activated. To answer the call, press To transfer a call from HFL to your transferred automatically to the HFL
the Talk button and begin speaking. phone, or from your phone to HFL, system when you turn the ignition
If you dont want to answer the call, do this: switch to the ACCESSORY (I)
press the Back button. Press and release the Talk button. position.
After the beep, say Transfer. The
If your phone has call waiting, and audio switches between HFL and the With this function activated, you can
you receive a call when you are on phone. also make a call by dialing with the
the phone, press and release the number keys on the phone which
Talk button to answer it. When you has been paired to the HFL system.
do this, the original call is placed on
hold. To return to the original call, The automatic transferring function
press the Talk button again. If you can be set to on or off.
dont want to answer the new call,
disregard it, and continue with your
original call. If you want to hang up
the original call and answer the new
call, press the Back button.

344
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

To activate this function, do this: Press the Talk button and say Yes Muting a Call
1. Press and release the Talk button. or No. During a call, you can mute or
After the beep, say System setup. unmute your voice to the person you
HFL responds System setup 3. If the setting changes from off to are talking to.
options are security, change on, press and release the Talk
passcode, call notification, auto button. After the beep, say Yes. To mute your voice, do this:
transfer, and clear. Press the Talk HFL responds Auto transfer is Press and release the Talk button.
button and say a command. enabled. After the beep, say Mute.

Features
HFL responds Mute is active.
2. Press and release the Talk button. When you make a call directly from
After the beep, say Auto transfer. the phone with the auto transfer on, To unmute your voice, do this:
If this feature is set to off, HFL make sure to stop your vehicle safely. Press and release the Talk button.
responds Auto transfer is After the beep, say Mute.
disabled. Calls dialed on the phone To end the call, press the Back HFL responds Mute is canceled.
do not automatically transfer to button.
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink. Would
you like to enable Auto Transfer? NOTE: Never try to dial from your
Press the Talk button and say Yes phone directly if the vehicle is
or No. moving.

If this feature is set to on, HFL If the setting changes from on to off,
responds Auto-transfer is enabled. HFL responds Auto transfer is
Calls dialed on the phone will be disabled. Use the Transfer command
automatically transferred to at the HandsFree main menu to
Bluetooth HandsFreeLink. Would manually transfer calls dialed on the
you like to disable Auto Transfer? phone.

345
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Setting Up the Phonebook 3. Press and release the Talk button. NOTE:
The HFL phonebook can store up to After the beep, say the name you Avoid using duplicate name
50 names with their associated would like to store. For example, entries.
numbers. These can be any types of say John Smith.
numbers. For example, you can store HFL responds What is the Avoid using home as a name
a phone number and use it to make a number for John Smith? Press entry.
call, or you can store an account the Talk button and say the
number and use it during a call to a number. HFL will be able to better
menu-driven phone system. You can also say an account recognize multisyllabic name
number instead of John Smith. entries (Peter instead of Pete),
To add a name, do this: or using a longer name (John
1. Press and release the Talk button. 4. Press and release the Talk button. Smith instead of John).
After the beep, say Phonebook. After the beep, say the number.
HFL responds Phonebook For example, say 123 456 7891. Use a consistent, even tone and
options are store, edit, delete, HFL responds 123 456 7891. reduce background noise when
receive contact, and list. Press the Press the Talk button and storing names, as the HFL voice
Talk button and say a command. continue to add numbers or say recognition can be sensitive.
Enter.
2. Press and release the Talk button. 5. Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say Store. After the beep, say Enter.
HFL responds What name would HFL responds John Smith
you like to store? Press the Talk has been stored.
button and say a name.

346
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

To edit the number of a name, do this: 3. Press and release the Talk button. To delete a name, do this:
1. Press and release the Talk button. After the beep, say the name you 1. Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say Phonebook. would like to edit. For example, After the beep, say Phonebook.
HFL responds Phonebook say Eric. HFL responds Phonebook
options are store, edit, delete, HFL responds What is the new options are store, edit, delete,
receive contact, and list. Press the number for Eric? Press the Talk receive contact, and list. Press the
Talk button and say a command. button and say the number. Talk button and say a command.

Features
2. Press and release the Talk button. 4. Press and release the Talk button. 2. Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say Edit. After the beep, say the new After the beep, say Delete.
HFL responds What name would number for Eric. For example, say HFL responds What name would
you like to edit? Press the Talk 987 654 3219. you like to delete? Press the Talk
button and say a name or say list HFL responds 987 654 3219. button and say a name or say list
to hear the phonebook entries. Press the Talk button and to hear the phonebook entries.
continue to add numbers or say
If only one number is stored, HFL enter. 3. Press and release the Talk button.
responds What is the new After the beep, say the name you
number for Eric? Then go to step 5. Press and release the Talk button. would like to delete. For example,
4. After the beep, say Enter. say Eric.
HFL responds The number has HFL responds Would you like to
been changed. delete Eric? Press the Talk button
and say Yes or No.

CONTINUED

347
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

4. Press and release the Talk button. To call a name from the phonebook list, 3. Press and release the Talk button.
After the beep, say Yes. do this: After the beep, say Yes. HFL
HFL responds The name has 1. Press and release the Talk button. responds Calling.
been deleted. After the beep, say Phonebook.
HFL responds Phonebook Once connected, you will hear the
To list all names in the phonebook, do options are store, edit, delete, person you called through the audio
this: receive contact, and list. Press the speakers. To change the volume, use
1. Press and release the Talk button. Talk button and say a command. the audio system volume knob or the
After the beep, say Phonebook. steering wheel volume controls.
HFL responds Phonebook 2. Press and release the Talk button.
options are store, edit, delete, After the beep, say List.
receive contact, and list. Press the HFL responds by listing the
Talk button and say a command. names in the phonebook. When it
says the name you want to call, for
2. Press and release the Talk button. example, Eric, press and
After the beep, say List. release the Talk button. After the
beep, say Call. HFL responds
HFL responds by listing the names Would you like to call Eric?
in the phonebook in the order which Press the Talk button and say Yes
they were stored. After all names are or No.
listed, HFL responds The entire list
has been read.

348
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Storing a Phone Number Directly 2. Press and release the Talk button. 4. Press and release the Talk button.
from Your Phone After the beep, say Receive After the beep, say the name you
You can store the desired number to contact. would like to store. For example,
the HFL phonebook directly from HFL responds The receive say Neil at work.
your cell phone. process requires operation of your HFL responds Neil at work will
Bluetooth device. For safety, only be stored. Is this correct? Press
NOTE: Your phone may not have perform this function while the the Talk button and say Yes or No.
phonebook import function. Visit vehicle is stopped. HandsFreeLink

Features
handsfreelink.honda.com, or call the is now waiting to receive a contact 5. Press and release the Talk button.
HandsFreeLink consumer support from a Bluetooth device. After the beep, if you say Yes.
at (888) 528-7876. In Canada, call HFL responds Neil at work has
(888) 9-HONDA-9. You can see your 3. Select a desired number from the been stored. Would you like
phones owners manual for list on your phone, and send it via HandsFreeLink to receive another
information. Bluetooth (steps will vary for contact? Press the Talk button and
phone types, follow your phones say Yes or No.
1. With your phone on and the operating manual).
ignition switch in the HFL responds, for example 2 Go to step 6.
ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) phone numbers have been
position, press and release the received for this contact. What If you say, No, HFL returns to
Talk button. After the beep, say name would you like to store for idle.
Phonebook. the mobile number
HFL responds Phonebook 1234567891? Press the Talk
options are store, edit, delete, button and say a name or say
receive contact, and list. Press the Discard, to discard this number.
Talk button and say a command.
CONTINUED

349
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

6. If you want to continue to store Cellular Phonebook Options


any other numbers, press and The cellular phonebook option
release the Talk button. After the allows you to store up to 1,000 names
beep, say Yes. and 10,000 phone numbers in the
HFL responds HandsFreeLink is phonebook of Bluetooth
now waiting to receive a contact HandsFreeLink from your cellular
from a Bluetooth device. phonebook. The maximum names
and numbers to be stored varies on
Go back to step 3. the data size. With HFL, you can
then automatically dial any name or
number in the phonebook.

NOTE: Your phone may not have


phonebook import function. Visit To use the cellular phonebook with
handsfreelink.honda.com, or call the HFL, say or select a Cellular
HandsFreeLink consumer support Phonebook icon from the
at (888) 528-7876. In Canada, call information screen. The navigation
(888) 9-HONDA-9. You can see your display will change as shown above.
phones owners manual for
information. If any phonebook is not stored and
your phone is not linked to HFL,
Cellular Phonebook icon is grayed
out.

350
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Search Imported Phonebook: This NOTE: Before selling or discarding To import the cellular phonebook
option allows you to search the your vehicle, make sure to delete the
phone numbers stored in HFL. imported phonebook data.
When you enter a persons first
name or last name, the system will PIN Number: This option allows you
find the number you want and let to add, change, or remove a PIN
you make calls. number for any phonebook that has
been imported.

Features
Import Cellular Phonebook: This
option allows you to store the
phonebook of your cellular phone in
HFL. When you link your phone to
HFL and select this option, the
system will start importing and
loading the phonebook. You can import the phonebook of
your cellular phone into HFL. Link
Delete Imported Phonebook: This your phone to HFL, and select
option allows you to delete the stored Cellular Phonebook from the
phonebook from HFL. When you information screen, then select
link your phone to HFL and select Import Cellular Phonebook from
this option, the system will the Select an option screen. When
automatically delete the phonebook the message The import was
of the linked phone from HFL (see successful is displayed, touch the
page 355 ). screen to select OK.

CONTINUED

351
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

To search the imported phonebook Select a phonebook from the


displayed list. If the phonebook you
IMPORTED PHONEBOOK PIN ICON select has a PIN icon, you will need
the four-digit PIN number to access
the phonebook. The following screen
will appear.

IMPORTED DATE

NOTE: You can search the stored number


HFL does not allow you to import by entering keywords to make calls
your phone if your phone is not by using HFL.
paired to HFL.
For more information on pairing Select Cellular Phonebook from
your cell phone to HFL, see page the information screen, then select
330 . Search Imported Phonebook from
the Select an option screen. The
display will change as shown above.

352
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

The system will display a list of


persons names, with the closest
match to the name you entered at
the top of the list.

Features
List ICON

Enter the PIN number. You cannot Enter the persons first name or last
access a PIN protected phonebook if name, using the ENT button or
you do not use the correct PIN touching an appropriate icon. If the
number. system does not find an exact match,
say or select LIST when you finish
entering the keyword.

CONTINUED

353
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

The following category icons will Up to three category icons are To store a number in the Bluetooth
appear: displayed in the left side of the list. HandsFreeLink
These category icons indicate how
many numbers are stored for the
Preference Fax person. If a name has more than
three category icons, is
displayed.
Home Car
After selecting a person, the system
will display a list of the persons
Mobile Voice phone numbers.

Select the desired number from the


Work Other list to make a call.

Say or select Store in


Pager HandsFreeLink from the Select a
number to call screen. The screen
shown above will appear.

Select the desired number from the


list to store it in HFL.

354
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

To delete the imported phonebook Select a phonebook from the After you enter the correct PIN
displayed list. If the phonebook you number, or if the phonebook you
select has a PIN icon, you will need select is not PIN protected, the
the four-digit PIN number to access following screen appears.
the phonebook. The following screen
will appear.

Features
You can delete the stored
phonebook from HFL. Link your
phone to HFL and select Cellular
Phonebook from the information Say or select Yes, and the message
screen, then select Delete Imported The imported phonebook has been
Phonebook from the Select an Enter the PIN number. You cannot deleted. will appear. Select OK to
option screen. The display will access a PIN protected phonebook if complete the deletion.
change as shown above. you do not use the correct PIN
number.

CONTINUED

355
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

To add, change, or remove a PIN To add a PIN number


number from any phonebook

1. Select the phonebook you wish to 2. Enter the four-digit PIN number.
You can add, change, or remove a add the PIN number to. When you You will be asked to re-enter the
PIN number from any phonebook. select the phonebook without a PIN to verify.
Select Cellular Phonebook from PIN icon, the display will change
the information screen, then select as shown above.
PIN Number from the Select an
option screen. The display will
change as shown above.

356
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

To change a PIN number

Features
1. Select the phonebook that you 3. Enter your new four-digit PIN
wish to change the PIN number number. You will be asked to re-
for. The display will change as enter the PIN to verify.
shown above.

2. Enter your current PIN number.

357
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Clearing the System To clear the system, do this: 3. Press and release the Talk button.
This operation clears the HFL of 1. Press and release the Talk button. After the beep, say Yes.
your passcode, your paired phones, After the beep, say System setup. HFL responds Preparing to clear
all names in the HFL phonebook, HFL responds System setup the system, which may take up to
and all imported phonebooks. options are security, change two minutes to complete. To
Clearing is recommended before you passcode, call notification, auto proceed, press the Talk button and
sell your vehicle. transfer, and clear. Press the Talk say Continue, otherwise say Go
button and say a command. Back or Cancel.

2. Press and release the Talk button. 4. After saying Continue, HFL
After the beep, say Clear. responds Please wait while the
HFL responds This process will system is cleared. HFL responds
clear all paired phones, clear all The system has been cleared.
entries in the phonebook, clear the
security passcode, and restore the
defaults in the system setup. Is
this what you would like to do?
Press the Talk button and say yes
or no.

358
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Changing Language 3. Press and release the Talk button. 4. Example for changing name tags:
Canadian models only After the beep, say Oui or Yes. HFL responds Quel est le nom
To change language, say a command If there are no paired phones Franais pour Pauls phone?
with the current selected language. without French name tags, HFL Press and release the Talk button.
The following example is changing responds Veuillez attendre que le After the beep, say Tlphone de
the language from English to French. systme change de langue. Please Paul.
wait while the language is changed.
1. Press and release the Talk button. HFL responds La langue a t All paired phones missing a French

Features
After the beep, say Change change. name tag are recorded, the HFL
language. system returns to idle.
HFL responds English or NOTE: If there are paired phones
French? without French name tags, the This process will also be required if
following prompts will continue. there are paired phones without
2. Press and release the Talk button. English tags when changing from
After the beep, say French. If there are paired phones without French to English. HFL responds
HFL responds Vous avez French name tags, HFL responds For the system to identify phones
selectionn Franais. Les noms La langue a t change. Pour que that were paired while in another
enregistres en mode Anglais ne le systme identifie les tlphones language, the phone names need to
seron pas accessible en mode qui ont t jumels dans une autre be re-recorded.
Franais. Voulez-vous continuer? langue, les noms des tlphones
You have selected French. Name doivent etre r-enregistrs.
tags that were stored while in
English mode will not be
accessible in french mode. Would
you like to continue? Press the
Talk button and say Yes or No.

359
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Quick Language Selection As required by the FCC:


Canadian models only This device complies with Part 15 of the
To select a language quickly, do the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following. following two conditions: (1) This device
For example, to change from French may not cause harmful interference, and
to English. (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
1. Press and release the Talk button. interference that may cause undesired
After the beep, say Anglais. operation.
HFL responds You have selected
English. Name tags that were Changes or modifications not expressly
stored while in French mode will approved by the party responsible for
not be accessible in English mode. compliance could void the users
Would you like to continue? Press authority to operate the equipment.
the Talk button and say Yes or No.
This device complies with Industry
If you want to continue, follow steps Canada Standard RSS-210.
3 and 4 on page 359 . Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.

360
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Parking Sensor System

On Touring models The system has two front corner


Your vehicle has a parking sensor sensors, two rear corner sensors,
system. The system lets you know and a rear center sensor.
the approximate distance between The rear center sensors work when
your vehicle and most obstacles the shift lever is in reverse (R), and
while you are parking. When the the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph
system is on and your vehicle is (8 km/h).
nearing an obstacle, you will hear a

Features
beeper and see system messages on The corner sensors work only when
the multi-information display. the shift lever is in any position other
than P and the vehicle speed is less
PARKING SENSOR SYSTEM SWITCH than 5 mph (8 km/h).

To activate the system, push the


switch on the dashboard with the
ignition in the ON (II) position. The
indicator in the switch comes on
when the system is on. To turn the
system off, push the switch again.

All obstacles may not always be


sensed. Even when the system is on,
you should look for obstacles near
your vehicle to make sure it is safe to
park.

361
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Parking Sensor System

Multi-Information Display Corner Sensor Operation


Messages and Beeper Operation Example shown: Obstacle is at the left front of the vehicle

About 16-20 in About 12-16 in About 12 in


(40-50 cm) (30-40 cm) (30 cm) or less

Distance

Upper left Upper left Upper left


indicator stays on indicator stays on indicator stays on
When you turn the system on, all
indicators will appear on the multi-
Indicator
information display, and a beeper
sounds once.

When the system senses an obstacle,


the appropriate indicator comes on,
and a beeper sounds as shown in the Continuous
Beeper Short beeps Very short beeps
following tables. beep

362
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Parking Sensor System

Rear Center Sensor Operation

About 40-70 in About 24-40 in About 24 in


(1-1.8 m) (0.6-1 m) (0.6 m) or less

Distance

Features
Bottom Bottom Bottom If the system develops a problem,
indicator stays on indicator stays on indicator stays on you will see a CHECK PARKING
SENSOR SYSTEM message on the
multi-information display, and a
Indicator beeper sounds continuously. Very
often, a sensor covered with mud, ice,
snow, etc. is the cause of this
message. Check the sensors first. If
the message stays on or the beeper
does not stop, have the system
Continuous checked by your dealer.
Beeper Short beeps Very short beeps
beeps
CONTINUED

363
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Parking Sensor System

When the system is affected by


some electrical equipment or
devices generating an ultrasonic
wave.

When operating the vehicle in bad


weather.

The system may not sense thin or


low objects, or sonic-absorptive
materials such as snow, cotton, or
Within about 20 in (50 cm) Within about 70 in (1.8 m) sponge.
The system cannot sense objects
The range of the corner sensors and The system may not function directly under the bumper.
the rear center sensor are limited. properly under these conditions:
Each corner sensor is capable of Canadian Owners:
sensing an obstacle only when your The sensors are covered with This device complies with Industry
vehicle is 20 in (50 cm) or closer. snow, ice, mud, etc. Canada Standard RSS-210. Operation is
The rear center sensor senses an subject to the following two conditions:
obstacle that is behind your vehicle When the vehicle is on a rough (1) this device may not cause
70 in (1.8 m) or closer. road, on grass, or on a hill. interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference that may cause
Do not put any accessories on or After the vehicle has been sitting undesired operation of the device.
around the sensors. out in hot or cold weather.
This ISM device complies with Canadian
ICES-001.

364
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rearview Camera and Monitor

On EX-L and Touring models For the best picture, always keep the On U.S. EX-L with navigation system
rearview camera clean, and do not and Touring models
cover the camera lens. To avoid
scratching the lens when you clean it,
use a moist, soft cloth.

Since the rearview camera display


area is limited, you should always

Features
back up slowly and carefully, and
look behind you for obstacles.

ZOOM BUTTON

Whenever you shift to reverse (R) When in reverse, the touch screen
with the ignition switch in the ON and navigation system hard
(II) position, the rear view is shown buttons are locked out, except the
on the navigation system screen. On ZOOM button. Touching the
vehicle without navigation system, or button allows you to adjust
the rear view is shown on the left the brightness of the rearview
side of the inside mirror. camera image.

The camera brightness cannot be


adjusted by voice control.

365
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Rearview Camera and Monitor

On U.S. EX-L without navigation system Monitor brightness is adjusted


and Canadian EX-L models automatically by sensors. If you use
the monitor continuously at high
REAR VIEW MONITOR temperature, the monitor will
gradually dim.

The inside mirror will be hot when


you use the monitor for an extended
period of time.

If a bright light (such as sunlight) is


SENSOR shining on the inside mirror, the
image may be difficult to see.
SENSOR MONITOR OFF BUTTON

You can turn the monitor on and off


by pressing the monitor off button
when the shift lever is in reverse.
The monitor turns on everytime you
shift to reverse, even if you turned it
off the last time.

366
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu
Before Driving

Before you begin driving your Break-in period............................... 368


vehicle, you should know what Fuel Recommendation .................. 368
gasoline to use and how to check the Service Station Procedures .......... 369
levels of important fluids. You also Refueling..................................... 369
need to know how to properly store Opening and Closing the
luggage or packages. The Hood ........................................ 370
information in this section will help Oil Check .................................... 371
you. If you plan to add any Engine Coolant Check .............. 372
accessories to your vehicle, please Fuel Economy ................................ 373
read the information in this section Accessories and Modifications .... 376

Before Driving
first. Carrying Cargo .............................. 378

367
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Break-in Period, Fuel Recommendation

Break-in Period Fuel Recommendation Use of gasoline with these additives


Help assure your vehicles future Your vehicle is designed to operate may adversely affect performance,
reliability and performance by paying on unleaded gasoline with a pump and cause the Malfunction Indicator
extra attention to how you drive octane number of 87 or higher. Use Lamp on your instrument panel to
during the first 600 miles (1,000 km). of a lower octane gasoline can cause come on. If this happens, contact
During this period: a persistent, heavy, metallic rapping your dealer for service.
noise that can lead to engine damage.
Avoid full-throttle starts and rapid Some gasoline today is blended with
acceleration. We recommend using quality oxygenates such as ethanol or
gasolines containing detergent MTBE. Your vehicle is designed to
Avoid hard braking for the first additives that help prevent fuel operate on oxygenated gasoline
200 miles (300 km). system and engine deposits. containing up to 10% ethanol by
volume and up to 15% MTBE by
Do not change the oil until the In addition, in order to maintain good volume. Do not use gasoline
scheduled maintenance time. performance, fuel economy, and containing methanol.
emissions control, we strongly
Do not tow a trailer. recommend, in areas where it is If you notice any undesirable
available, the use of gasoline that operating symptoms, try another
You should also follow these does NOT contain manganese-based service station or switch to another
recommendations with an fuel additives such as MMT. brand of gasoline.
overhauled or exchanged engine, or
when the brakes are replaced. For further important fuel-related
information, please refer to your
Quick Start Guide.

368
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Service Station Procedures

Refueling

Gasoline is highly flammable


and explosive. You can be
burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
Pull
Stop the engine, and keep
heat, sparks, and flame away.
Handle fuel only outdoors.

Before Driving
TETHER
Wipe up spills immediately.
FUEL FILL CAP
FUEL FILL DOOR RELEASE HANDLE

1. Park with the drivers side closest 3. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly.
to the service station pump. You may hear a hissing sound as
pressure inside the tank escapes.
2. Open the fuel fill door by pulling The fuel fill cap is attached to the
on the handle under the lower left fuel filler with a tether. Insert the
corner of the dashboard. attachment on the fuel fill cap into
the slit on the fuel fill door.
Before refueling, make sure the rear
sliding door on the drivers side is
closed.

CONTINUED

369
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Service Station Procedures

4. Stop filling the tank after the fuel 5. Screw the fuel fill cap back on Opening and Closing the Hood
nozzle automatically clicks off. Do until it clicks at least once.
not try to top off the tank. This HOOD RELEASE HANDLE
leaves some room in the fuel tank On LX, EX, EX-L and Canadian DX
for the fuel to expand with models
temperature changes. If you do not properly tighten the
cap, you will see a CHECK FUEL
If the fuel nozzle keeps clicking off even CAP message on the information
though the tank is not full, there may display (see page 80 ).
be a problem with your vehicles fuel Pull
vapor recovery system. The system On Touring models
helps keep fuel vapor from going If you do not properly tighten the
into the atmosphere. Try filling at cap, you will see a TIGHTEN
another pump. If this does not fix the FUEL CAP message on the multi-
problem, consult your dealer. information display (see page 1. Park the vehicle, and set the
92 ). parking brake. Pull the hood
release handle located under the
6. Push the fuel fill door closed until lower left corner of the dashboard.
it latches. The hood will pop up slightly.

370
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Service Station Procedures

Oil Check

SUPPORT ROD

Before Driving
GRIP

LATCH DIPSTICK

2. Put your fingers under the front 3. Holding the grip, pull the support Park the vehicle on a level surface.
edge of the hood. The hood latch rod out of its clip. Insert the end Wait a few minutes after turning the
handle is above the H logo. Pull into the designated hole in the engine off before you check the oil.
this handle until it releases the hood.
hood, then lift the hood. 1. Remove the dipstick (orange loop).
To close the hood, lift it up slightly to
If the hood latch handle moves stiffly, remove the support rod from the 2. Wipe off the dipstick with a clean
or you can open the hood without hole. Put the support rod back into cloth or paper towel.
lifting the handle, the mechanism its holding clip. Lower the hood to
should be cleaned and lubricated. about a foot (30 cm) above the 3. Insert the dipstick all the way back
fender, then let it drop. Make sure it into its hole.
is securely latched. CONTINUED

371
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Service Station Procedures

Engine Coolant Check Refer to Owners Maintenance


Checks on page 423 for information
MAX RESERVE TANK about checking other items on your
vehicle.

UPPER MARK
LOWER MARK

MIN

4. Remove the dipstick again, and Look at the coolant level in the
check the level. It should be radiator reserve tank. Make sure it is
between the upper and lower between the MAX and MIN lines. If
marks. it is below the MIN line, see Adding
Engine Coolant on page 430 for
If it is near or below the lower mark, information on adding the proper
see Adding Engine Oil on page 426 . coolant.

372
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Fuel Economy

Actual Mileage and EPA Fuel


Economy Estimates Comparison.
Fuel economy is not a fixed number. City MPG Highway MPG
It varies based on driving conditions,
driving habits and vehicle condition.
Therefore, it is not possible for one
set of estimates to predict fuel
economy precisely for all drivers in
all environments. Combined Fuel Estimated Annual
Economy Fuel Cost

Before Driving
The EPA fuel economy estimates
shown in the example to the right (Sample U.S. EPA label shown)
are a useful tool for comparison
when buying a vehicle. EPA achieved is also provided. Estimated Annual Fuel Cost
estimates include: Provides an estimated annual fuel
Combined Fuel Economy cost, based on 15,000 miles (20,000
City MPG Represents urban Represents a combination of city and km) per year multiplied by the cost
driving in a vehicle in light traffic. A highway driving. The scale per gallon (based on EPA fuel cost
range of miles per gallon achieved is represents the range of combined data) divided by the combined fuel
also provided. fuel economy for other vehicles in economy.
the class.
Highway MPG Represents a For more information on fuel
mixture of rural and interstate economy ratings and factors that
driving, in a warmed-up vehicle, affect fuel economy, visit www.
typical of longer trips in free-flowing fueleconomy.gov (Canada: Visit www.
traffic. A range of miles per gallon vehicles.gc.ca)

373
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Fuel Economy

Fuel Economy Factors Use the recommended viscosity Observe the speed limit
The following factors can lower your motor oil, displaying the API Aerodynamic drag has a big effect
vehicles fuel economy: Certification Seal (see page on fuel mileage at speeds above 45
Aggressive driving (hard 426). mph (75 km/h). Reduce your
acceleration and braking) Maintain proper tire inflation speed and you reduce the drag.
Excessive idling, accelerating and An underinflated tire increases Trailers, car top carriers, roof
braking in stop-and-go traffic rolling resistance, which reduces racks and bike racks are also big
Cold engine operation (engines fuel economy. contributors to increased drag.
are more efficient when warmed Avoid carrying excess weight in Always drive in the highest gear
up) your vehicle It puts a heavier possible If your vehicle has a
Driving with a heavy load or the load on the engine, increasing fuel manual transmission, you can
air conditioner running consumption. boost your fuel economy by up
Improperly inflated tires Keep your vehicle clean In shifting as early as possible.
particular, a build-up of snow or Avoid excessive idling Idling
Improving Fuel Economy mud on your vehicles underside results in 0 miles per gallon.
adds weight and rolling resistance.
Vehicle Maintenance Frequent cleaning helps your fuel
A properly maintained vehicle economy.
maximizes fuel economy. Poor
maintenance can significantly reduce Drive Efficiently
fuel economy. Always maintain your Drive moderately Rapid
vehicle according to the maintenance acceleration, abrupt cornering,
messages displayed on the multi- and hard braking increase fuel
information display (see Owners consumption.
Maintenance Checks on page 423 ).
For example:

374
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Fuel Economy

Minimize the use of the air Checking Your Fuel Economy


conditioning system The A/C
puts an extra load on the engine
which makes it use more fuel. Use
the fresh-air ventilation when
possible. Miles Gallons Miles per
Plan and combine trips driven of fuel Gallon
Combine several short trips into
one. A warmed-up engine is more
fuel efficient than a cold one.

Before Driving
Liter Kilometers L per
100 100 km
Calculating Fuel Economy

Measuring Techniques
Direct calculation is the
recommended source of information
about your actual fuel economy. 1) Fill the fuel tank until the nozzle automatically clicks off.
Using frequency of fill-ups or taking 2) Reset trip counter to zero.
fuel gauge readings are NOT 3) Record the total gallons (liters) needed to refill.
accurate measures of fuel economy. 4) Follow one of the simple calculations above.
Fuel economy may improve over the
first several thousand miles.

375
2009 Odyssey

Main Menu Table Of Contents


Accessories and Modifications

Modifying your vehicle, or installing Before installing any accessory:


some non-Honda accessories, can
make it unsafe. Before you make any Improper accessories or Make sure the accessory d